mirror of
https://github.com/gbdev/rgbds.git
synced 2025-11-21 02:32:06 +00:00
Compare commits
59 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
748943f6fc | ||
|
|
d945c5811c | ||
|
|
6fe2741f2d | ||
|
|
24d7cfe0f9 | ||
|
|
630933b148 | ||
|
|
e8a16c6f53 | ||
|
|
2cb50730a1 | ||
|
|
efae6c7fd2 | ||
|
|
8a559beeb8 | ||
|
|
7149fc1e39 | ||
|
|
2e695334c1 | ||
|
|
e2b4554a5c | ||
|
|
ef87dd5a6e | ||
|
|
4f126b37d0 | ||
|
|
1b4187e51f | ||
|
|
0daec91683 | ||
|
|
cbaaec98ca | ||
|
|
895d1d5813 | ||
|
|
e99a651165 | ||
|
|
0ae69b3114 | ||
|
|
95ccc48d0c | ||
|
|
29253046d5 | ||
|
|
340362d984 | ||
|
|
85ece88268 | ||
|
|
516e4578ea | ||
|
|
9829be1045 | ||
|
|
b28a16c0da | ||
|
|
4d13d57491 | ||
|
|
be6bc7460b | ||
|
|
efdd42c6a8 | ||
|
|
c1a97f6541 | ||
|
|
ea4276c7ac | ||
|
|
7bce97f817 | ||
|
|
483a63156b | ||
|
|
5a4bbe4985 | ||
|
|
f86dbafad0 | ||
|
|
8744d360a3 | ||
|
|
b6bd57a764 | ||
|
|
f2b55527d5 | ||
|
|
84a6899c6c | ||
|
|
8cffe22295 | ||
|
|
0c85240b97 | ||
|
|
58ab88da82 | ||
|
|
3e219dee36 | ||
|
|
6ad5bd2325 | ||
|
|
2a97535e75 | ||
|
|
0e0e12a769 | ||
|
|
3bebedf1f8 | ||
|
|
2ed937db2c | ||
|
|
d243bd04ef | ||
|
|
3623638be7 | ||
|
|
8ea3669a64 | ||
|
|
8fe5293077 | ||
|
|
825fa915ee | ||
|
|
885e8ea24a | ||
|
|
898f75ce57 | ||
|
|
b8af100c63 | ||
|
|
3075945367 | ||
|
|
d602ebfde5 |
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@
|
|||||||
# Show file line, not input line
|
# Show file line, not input line
|
||||||
--showfile
|
--showfile
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Don't expect SPDX tag in the first line of a file
|
||||||
|
--ignore SPDX_LICENSE_TAG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List of ignored rules
|
# List of ignored rules
|
||||||
# ---------------------
|
# ---------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -53,6 +56,9 @@
|
|||||||
# Prefer stdint.h types over kernel types
|
# Prefer stdint.h types over kernel types
|
||||||
--ignore PREFER_KERNEL_TYPES
|
--ignore PREFER_KERNEL_TYPES
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Don't ask to replace sscanf by kstrto
|
||||||
|
--ignore SSCANF_TO_KSTRTO
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Parentheses can make the code clearer
|
# Parentheses can make the code clearer
|
||||||
--ignore UNNECESSARY_PARENTHESES
|
--ignore UNNECESSARY_PARENTHESES
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|||||||
48
.travis-checkpatch.sh
Executable file
48
.travis-checkpatch.sh
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
|||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
echo "Checking code style..."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Return failure as soon as a command fails to execute
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Download checkpatch.pl and related files
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
echo "Getting checkpatch.pl..."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mkdir checkpatchdir
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/torvalds/linux/master/scripts/checkpatch.pl
|
||||||
|
mv checkpatch.pl checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl
|
||||||
|
chmod +x checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
touch checkpatchdir/const_structs.checkpatch
|
||||||
|
touch checkpatchdir/spelling.txt
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Run checkpatch.pl on the new commits
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
echo "Running checkpatch.pl..."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fname=$(mktemp)
|
||||||
|
rc=0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
git remote set-branches --add origin develop
|
||||||
|
git fetch
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
make CHECKPATCH=checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl checkpatch > $fname
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cat $fname
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if grep "ERROR" $fname; then
|
||||||
|
# At least one error found
|
||||||
|
echo "Code style errors have been found!"
|
||||||
|
rc=1
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
echo "No code style errors found, your patches are ready!"
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# Cleanup
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rm -rf checkpatchdir
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
exit $rc
|
||||||
@@ -10,5 +10,6 @@ compiler:
|
|||||||
- clang
|
- clang
|
||||||
- gcc
|
- gcc
|
||||||
script:
|
script:
|
||||||
|
- ./.travis-checkpatch.sh
|
||||||
- cd test
|
- cd test
|
||||||
- ./run-tests.sh
|
- ./run-tests.sh
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -70,24 +70,29 @@ copyright and the reference to the MIT License.
|
|||||||
3. Create a new branch to work on. You could still work on ``develop``, but it's
|
3. Create a new branch to work on. You could still work on ``develop``, but it's
|
||||||
easier that way.
|
easier that way.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Sign off your commits: ``git commit -s``
|
4. Compile your changes with ``make develop`` instead of just ``make``. This
|
||||||
|
target checks for additional warnings. Your patches shouldn't introduce any
|
||||||
|
new warning (but it may be possible to remove some warning checks if it makes
|
||||||
|
the code much easier).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Follow the Linux kernel coding style, which can be found in the file
|
5. Sign off your commits: ``git commit -s``
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Follow the Linux kernel coding style, which can be found in the file
|
||||||
``Documentation/process/coding-style.rst`` in the Linux kernel repository.
|
``Documentation/process/coding-style.rst`` in the Linux kernel repository.
|
||||||
Note that the coding style isn't writen on stone, if there is a good reason
|
Note that the coding style isn't writen on stone, if there is a good reason
|
||||||
to deviate from it, it should be fine.
|
to deviate from it, it should be fine.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Download the files ``checkpatch.pl``, ``const_structs.checkpatch`` and
|
7. Download the files ``checkpatch.pl``, ``const_structs.checkpatch`` and
|
||||||
``spelling.txt`` from the folder ``scripts`` in the Linux kernel repository.
|
``spelling.txt`` from the folder ``scripts`` in the Linux kernel repository.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. To use ``checkpatch.pl`` you can use ``make checkpatch``, which will check
|
8. To use ``checkpatch.pl`` you can use ``make checkpatch``, which will check
|
||||||
the coding style of all patches between the current one and the upstream
|
the coding style of all patches between the current one and the upstream
|
||||||
code. By default, the Makefile expects the script (and associate files) to be
|
code. By default, the Makefile expects the script (and associate files) to be
|
||||||
located in ``../linux/scripts/``, but you can place them anywhere you like as
|
located in ``../linux/scripts/``, but you can place them anywhere you like as
|
||||||
long as you specify it when executing the command:
|
long as you specify it when executing the command:
|
||||||
``CHECKPATCH=../path/to/folder make checkpatch``.
|
``CHECKPATCH=../path/to/folder make checkpatch``.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Create a pull request against the branch ``develop``.
|
9. Create a pull request against the branch ``develop``.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. Be prepared to get some comments about your code and to modify it. Tip: Use
|
10. Be prepared to get some comments about your code and to modify it. Tip: Use
|
||||||
``git rebase -i origin/develop`` to modify chains of commits.
|
``git rebase -i origin/develop`` to modify chains of commits.
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ Other contributors
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
- The Musl C library <http://www.musl-libc.org>
|
- The Musl C library <http://www.musl-libc.org>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- obskyr <powpowd@gmail.com>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- The OpenBSD Project <http://www.openbsd.org>
|
- The OpenBSD Project <http://www.openbsd.org>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Sanqui <gsanky@gmail.com>
|
- Sanqui <gsanky@gmail.com>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
29
Makefile
29
Makefile
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ PNGLDLIBS := `${PKG_CONFIG} --static --libs-only-l libpng`
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
VERSION_STRING := `git describe --tags --dirty --always 2>/dev/null`
|
VERSION_STRING := `git describe --tags --dirty --always 2>/dev/null`
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARNFLAGS := -Wall -Werror
|
WARNFLAGS := -Wall
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Overridable CFLAGS
|
# Overridable CFLAGS
|
||||||
CFLAGS := -g
|
CFLAGS := -g
|
||||||
@@ -160,6 +160,7 @@ install: all
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target used to check the coding style of the whole codebase. '.y' and '.l'
|
# Target used to check the coding style of the whole codebase. '.y' and '.l'
|
||||||
# files aren't checked, unfortunately...
|
# files aren't checked, unfortunately...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkcodebase:
|
checkcodebase:
|
||||||
$Qfor file in `git ls-files | grep -E '\.c|\.h' | grep -v '\.html'`; do \
|
$Qfor file in `git ls-files | grep -E '\.c|\.h' | grep -v '\.html'`; do \
|
||||||
${CHECKPATCH} -f "$$file"; \
|
${CHECKPATCH} -f "$$file"; \
|
||||||
@@ -169,6 +170,7 @@ checkcodebase:
|
|||||||
# to the HEAD. Runs checkpatch once for each commit between the current HEAD and
|
# to the HEAD. Runs checkpatch once for each commit between the current HEAD and
|
||||||
# the first common commit between the HEAD and origin/develop. '.y' and '.l'
|
# the first common commit between the HEAD and origin/develop. '.y' and '.l'
|
||||||
# files aren't checked, unfortunately...
|
# files aren't checked, unfortunately...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkpatch:
|
checkpatch:
|
||||||
$Qeval COMMON_COMMIT=$$(git merge-base HEAD origin/develop); \
|
$Qeval COMMON_COMMIT=$$(git merge-base HEAD origin/develop); \
|
||||||
for commit in `git rev-list $$COMMON_COMMIT..HEAD`; do \
|
for commit in `git rev-list $$COMMON_COMMIT..HEAD`; do \
|
||||||
@@ -180,7 +182,7 @@ checkpatch:
|
|||||||
# Target for the project maintainer to easily create web manuals.
|
# Target for the project maintainer to easily create web manuals.
|
||||||
# It relies on mandoc: http://mdocml.bsd.lv
|
# It relies on mandoc: http://mdocml.bsd.lv
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MANDOC := -Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=manual.css
|
MANDOC := -Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=mandoc.css
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
wwwman:
|
wwwman:
|
||||||
$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > docs/rgbds.7.html
|
$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > docs/rgbds.7.html
|
||||||
@@ -193,6 +195,25 @@ wwwman:
|
|||||||
$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > docs/rgblink.5.html
|
$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > docs/rgblink.5.html
|
||||||
$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > docs/rgbgfx.1.html
|
$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > docs/rgbgfx.1.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# This target is used during development in order to prevent adding new issues
|
||||||
|
# to the source code. All warnings are treated as errors in order to block the
|
||||||
|
# compilation and make the continous integration infrastructure return failure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
develop:
|
||||||
|
$Qenv make -j WARNFLAGS="-Werror -Wall -Wextra -Wpedantic \
|
||||||
|
-Wno-sign-compare -Wchkp -Wformat=2 -Wformat-overflow=2 \
|
||||||
|
-Wformat-truncation=1 -Wformat-y2k -Wswitch-enum -Wunused \
|
||||||
|
-Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wstrict-overflow=5 \
|
||||||
|
-Wstringop-overflow=4 -Walloc-zero -Wduplicated-cond \
|
||||||
|
-Wfloat-equal -Wshadow -Wcast-qual -Wcast-align -Wlogical-op \
|
||||||
|
-Wnested-externs -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations -Winline \
|
||||||
|
-Wundef -Wstrict-prototypes -Wold-style-definition \
|
||||||
|
-fsanitize=shift -fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero \
|
||||||
|
-fsanitize=unreachable -fsanitize=vla-bound \
|
||||||
|
-fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow -fsanitize=bounds \
|
||||||
|
-fsanitize=object-size -fsanitize=bool -fsanitize=enum \
|
||||||
|
-fsanitize=alignment -fsanitize=null"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Targets for the project maintainer to easily create Windows exes.
|
# Targets for the project maintainer to easily create Windows exes.
|
||||||
# This is not for Windows users!
|
# This is not for Windows users!
|
||||||
# If you're building on Windows with Cygwin or Mingw, just follow the Unix
|
# If you're building on Windows with Cygwin or Mingw, just follow the Unix
|
||||||
@@ -200,7 +221,7 @@ wwwman:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
mingw32:
|
mingw32:
|
||||||
$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
|
$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
|
||||||
make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
|
make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison -j
|
||||||
$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
|
$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
|
||||||
$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
|
$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
|
||||||
$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
|
$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
|
||||||
@@ -208,7 +229,7 @@ mingw32:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
mingw64:
|
mingw64:
|
||||||
$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
|
$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
|
||||||
make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
|
make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison -j
|
||||||
$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
|
$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
|
||||||
$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
|
$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
|
||||||
$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
|
$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>GBZ80(7)</title>
|
<title>GBZ80(7)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -34,8 +34,12 @@ Note: All arithmetic/logic operations that use register
|
|||||||
is assumed it's register <b class="Sy" title="Sy">A</b>. The following two
|
is assumed it's register <b class="Sy" title="Sy">A</b>. The following two
|
||||||
lines have the same effect:
|
lines have the same effect:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">OR A,B</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">OR B</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
OR A,B
|
||||||
|
OR B
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="LEGEND"><a class="selflink" href="#LEGEND">LEGEND</a></h1>
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="LEGEND"><a class="selflink" href="#LEGEND">LEGEND</a></h1>
|
||||||
List of abbreviations used in this document.
|
List of abbreviations used in this document.
|
||||||
<dl class="Bl-tag">
|
<dl class="Bl-tag">
|
||||||
@@ -1689,7 +1693,7 @@ Flags: See <a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#XOR_A,r8">XOR A,r8</a>
|
|||||||
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
||||||
<table class="foot">
|
<table class="foot">
|
||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
|
<td class="foot-date">February 23, 2018</td>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
||||||
</tr>
|
</tr>
|
||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,32 +1,36 @@
|
|||||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
|
<!DOCTYPE html>
|
||||||
<html>
|
<html>
|
||||||
<head>
|
<head>
|
||||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
|
<meta charset="utf-8"/>
|
||||||
<title>General Information</title>
|
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="./style.css">
|
<title>General Information</title>
|
||||||
|
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="mandoc.css">
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
<h1>RGBDS — Rednex Game Boy Development System</h1>
|
<h1>RGBDS — Rednex Game Boy Development System</h1>
|
||||||
<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
|
<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
|
||||||
|
<ol>
|
||||||
|
<li>General information
|
||||||
|
<ul>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgbds.7.html">RGBDS general information</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgbds.5.html">RGBDS object file format</a></li>
|
||||||
|
</ul>
|
||||||
|
<li>Language description
|
||||||
|
<ul>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgbasm.5.html">RGBASM language description</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgblink.5.html">RGBLINK linkerscript language description</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="gbz80.7.html">GBZ80 CPU instruction set description</a></li>
|
||||||
|
</ul>
|
||||||
|
<li>Command line usage
|
||||||
|
<ul>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgbasm.1.html">RGBASM command-line usage</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgblink.1.html">RGBLINK command-line usage</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgbfix.1.html">RGBFIX command-line usage</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="rgbgfx.1.html">RGBGFX command-line usage</a></li>
|
||||||
|
</ul>
|
||||||
|
</ol>
|
||||||
|
<h2 id="GitHub Repository">GitHub Repository:</h2>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgbds.7.html">RGBDS general information</a>
|
<li><a href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgbasm.5.html">RGBASM language description</a>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgblink.5.html">RGBLINK linkerscript language description</a>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="gbz80.7.html">GBZ80 CPU instruction set description</a>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgbasm.1.html">RGBASM command-line usage</a>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgblink.1.html">RGBLINK command-line usage</a>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgbfix.1.html">RGBFIX command-line usage</a>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgbgfx.1.html">RGBGFX command-line usage</a>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="rgbds.5.html">RGBDS object file format</a>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
|
||||||
<h3 id="GitHub Repository">GitHub Repository:</h3>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</body>
|
</body>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
203
docs/mandoc.css
Executable file
203
docs/mandoc.css
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* $Id: mandoc.css,v 1.22 2017/07/16 18:45:00 schwarze Exp $ */
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Standard style sheet for mandoc(1) -Thtml and man.cgi(8).
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Global defaults. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
html { max-width: 100ex; }
|
||||||
|
body { font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }
|
||||||
|
table { margin-top: 0em;
|
||||||
|
margin-bottom: 0em; }
|
||||||
|
td { vertical-align: top; }
|
||||||
|
ul, ol, dl { margin-top: 0em;
|
||||||
|
margin-bottom: 0em; }
|
||||||
|
li, dt { margin-top: 1em; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a.selflink { border-bottom: thin dotted;
|
||||||
|
color: inherit;
|
||||||
|
font: inherit;
|
||||||
|
text-decoration: inherit; }
|
||||||
|
* { clear: both }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Search form and search results. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fieldset { border: thin solid silver;
|
||||||
|
border-radius: 1em;
|
||||||
|
text-align: center; }
|
||||||
|
input[name=expr] {
|
||||||
|
width: 25%; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
table.results { margin-top: 1em;
|
||||||
|
margin-left: 2em;
|
||||||
|
font-size: smaller; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Header and footer lines. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
table.head { width: 100%;
|
||||||
|
border-bottom: 1px dotted #808080;
|
||||||
|
margin-bottom: 1em;
|
||||||
|
font-size: smaller; }
|
||||||
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
|
td.head-rtitle {
|
||||||
|
text-align: right; }
|
||||||
|
span.Nd { }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
table.foot { width: 100%;
|
||||||
|
border-top: 1px dotted #808080;
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 1em;
|
||||||
|
font-size: smaller; }
|
||||||
|
td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Sections and paragraphs. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
div.manual-text {
|
||||||
|
margin-left: 5ex; }
|
||||||
|
h1.Sh { margin-top: 2ex;
|
||||||
|
margin-bottom: 1ex;
|
||||||
|
margin-left: -4ex;
|
||||||
|
font-size: 110%; }
|
||||||
|
h2.Ss { margin-top: 2ex;
|
||||||
|
margin-bottom: 1ex;
|
||||||
|
margin-left: -2ex;
|
||||||
|
font-size: 105%; }
|
||||||
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
a.Sx { }
|
||||||
|
a.Xr { }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Displays and lists. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
div.Bd { }
|
||||||
|
div.D1 { margin-left: 5ex; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ul.Bl-bullet { list-style-type: disc;
|
||||||
|
padding-left: 1em; }
|
||||||
|
li.It-bullet { }
|
||||||
|
ul.Bl-dash { list-style-type: none;
|
||||||
|
padding-left: 0em; }
|
||||||
|
li.It-dash:before {
|
||||||
|
content: "\2014 "; }
|
||||||
|
ul.Bl-item { list-style-type: none;
|
||||||
|
padding-left: 0em; }
|
||||||
|
li.It-item { }
|
||||||
|
ul.Bl-compact > li {
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ol.Bl-enum { padding-left: 2em; }
|
||||||
|
li.It-enum { }
|
||||||
|
ol.Bl-compact > li {
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dl.Bl-diag { }
|
||||||
|
dt.It-diag { }
|
||||||
|
dd.It-diag { margin-left: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
b.It-diag { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
dl.Bl-hang { }
|
||||||
|
dt.It-hang { }
|
||||||
|
dd.It-hang { margin-left: 10.2ex; }
|
||||||
|
dl.Bl-inset { }
|
||||||
|
dt.It-inset { }
|
||||||
|
dd.It-inset { margin-left: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
dl.Bl-ohang { }
|
||||||
|
dt.It-ohang { }
|
||||||
|
dd.It-ohang { margin-left: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
dl.Bl-tag { margin-left: 10.2ex; }
|
||||||
|
dt.It-tag { float: left;
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 0ex;
|
||||||
|
margin-left: -10.2ex;
|
||||||
|
padding-right: 2ex;
|
||||||
|
vertical-align: top; }
|
||||||
|
dd.It-tag { clear: right;
|
||||||
|
width: 100%;
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 0ex;
|
||||||
|
margin-left: 0ex;
|
||||||
|
vertical-align: top;
|
||||||
|
overflow: auto; }
|
||||||
|
dl.Bl-compact > dt {
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
table.Bl-column { }
|
||||||
|
tr.It-column { }
|
||||||
|
td.It-column { margin-top: 1em; }
|
||||||
|
table.Bl-compact > tbody > tr > td {
|
||||||
|
margin-top: 0ex; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cite.Rs { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
span.RsA { }
|
||||||
|
i.RsB { font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
span.RsC { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsD { }
|
||||||
|
i.RsI { font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
i.RsJ { font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
span.RsN { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsO { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsP { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsQ { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsR { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsT { text-decoration: underline; }
|
||||||
|
a.RsU { }
|
||||||
|
span.RsV { }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
span.eqn { }
|
||||||
|
table.tbl { }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Semantic markup for command line utilities. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
table.Nm { }
|
||||||
|
b.Nm { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
b.Fl { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
b.Cm { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
var.Ar { font-style: italic;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
span.Op { }
|
||||||
|
b.Ic { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
code.Ev { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-family: monospace; }
|
||||||
|
i.Pa { font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Semantic markup for function libraries. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
span.Lb { }
|
||||||
|
b.In { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
a.In { }
|
||||||
|
b.Fd { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
var.Ft { font-style: italic;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
b.Fn { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
var.Fa { font-style: italic;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
var.Vt { font-style: italic;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
var.Va { font-style: italic;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
code.Dv { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-family: monospace; }
|
||||||
|
code.Er { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-family: monospace; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Various semantic markup. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
span.An { }
|
||||||
|
a.Lk { }
|
||||||
|
a.Mt { }
|
||||||
|
b.Cd { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
i.Ad { font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
b.Ms { font-style: normal; }
|
||||||
|
span.St { }
|
||||||
|
a.Ux { }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Physical markup. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.No { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
.Em { font-style: italic;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal; }
|
||||||
|
.Sy { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: bold; }
|
||||||
|
.Li { font-style: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-weight: normal;
|
||||||
|
font-family: monospace; }
|
||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBASM(1)</title>
|
<title>RGBASM(1)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
|
|||||||
<table class="Nm">
|
<table class="Nm">
|
||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b></td>
|
<td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b></td>
|
||||||
<td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-EhVvw</b></span>]
|
<td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-EhLVvw</b></span>]
|
||||||
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-b</b>
|
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-b</b>
|
||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></span>]
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></span>]
|
||||||
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-D</b>
|
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-D</b>
|
||||||
@@ -89,6 +89,13 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> program creates an object file from an
|
|||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Add an include path.</dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag">Add an include path.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#L"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="L">-L</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Disable the optimization that turns loads of the form
|
||||||
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">LD [$FF00+n8],A</b> into the opcode
|
||||||
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH [$FF00+n8],A</b> in order to have full
|
||||||
|
control of the result in the final ROM.</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#M"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="M">-M</b></a>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#M"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="M">-M</b></a>
|
||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var></dt>
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Print <a class="Xr" title="Xr">make(1)</a> dependencies to
|
<dd class="It-tag">Print <a class="Xr" title="Xr">make(1)</a> dependencies to
|
||||||
@@ -120,7 +127,11 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> program creates an object file from an
|
|||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
||||||
Assembling a basic source file is simple:
|
Assembling a basic source file is simple:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1">$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm</div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image — it must first
|
The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image — it must first
|
||||||
be run through <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a> and
|
be run through <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a> and
|
||||||
@@ -138,7 +149,7 @@ The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image — it must first
|
|||||||
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
||||||
<table class="foot">
|
<table class="foot">
|
||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
|
<td class="foot-date">February 24, 2018</td>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
||||||
</tr>
|
</tr>
|
||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBASM(5)</title>
|
<title>RGBASM(5)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -38,16 +38,51 @@ The syntax is line‐based, just as in any other assembler, meaning that
|
|||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
Example:
|
Example:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">John: ld a,87 ;Weee</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
John: ld a,87 ;Weee
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are
|
All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are
|
||||||
case‐insensitive and all labels are case‐sensitive.
|
case‐insensitive and all labels are case‐sensitive.
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
There are two syntaxes for comments. In both cases, a comment ends at the end of
|
||||||
|
the line. The most common one is: anything that follows a semicolon
|
||||||
|
";" (that isn't inside a string) is a comment. There is another
|
||||||
|
format: anything that follows a "*" that is placed right at the
|
||||||
|
start of a line is a comment. The assembler removes all comments from the code
|
||||||
|
before doing anything else.
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
Sometimes lines can be too long and it may be necessary to split them. The
|
||||||
|
syntax to do so is the following one:
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
DB 1, 2, 3, 4 \
|
||||||
|
5, 6, 7, 8
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
This works anywhere in the code except inside of strings. To split strings it is
|
||||||
|
needed to use <b class="Sy" title="Sy">STRCAT</b> like this:
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
DB STRCAT("Hello ", \
|
||||||
|
"world!")
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Sections"><a class="selflink" href="#Sections">Sections</a></h2>
|
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Sections"><a class="selflink" href="#Sections">Sections</a></h2>
|
||||||
Before you can start writing code, you must define a section. This tells the
|
Before you can start writing code, you must define a section. This tells the
|
||||||
assembler what kind of information follows and, if it is code, where to put
|
assembler what kind of information follows and, if it is code, where to put
|
||||||
it.
|
it.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
This switches to the section called "CoolStuff" (or creates it if it
|
This switches to the section called "CoolStuff" (or creates it if it
|
||||||
doesn't already exist) and it defines it as a code section. All sections
|
doesn't already exist) and it defines it as a code section. All sections
|
||||||
@@ -119,7 +154,10 @@ Possible section types are as follows:
|
|||||||
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH [$FF00+n8],A</b> and
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH [$FF00+n8],A</b> and
|
||||||
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH A,[$FF00+n8]</b> syntax instead. This forces
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH A,[$FF00+n8]</b> syntax instead. This forces
|
||||||
the assembler to emit the correct instruction and the linker to check if
|
the assembler to emit the correct instruction and the linker to check if
|
||||||
the value is in the correct range.</dd>
|
the value is in the correct range. This optimization can be disabled by
|
||||||
|
passing the <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-L</b> flag to
|
||||||
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">rgbasm</b> as explained in
|
||||||
|
<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>.</dd>
|
||||||
</dl>
|
</dl>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
A section is usually defined as a floating one, but the code can restrict where
|
A section is usually defined as a floating one, but the code can restrict where
|
||||||
@@ -130,25 +168,38 @@ If a section is defined with no indications, it is a floating section. The
|
|||||||
obligation to follow any specific rules. The following example defines a
|
obligation to follow any specific rules. The following example defines a
|
||||||
section that can be placed anywhere in any ROMX bank:
|
section that can be placed anywhere in any ROMX bank:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
If it is needed, the following syntax can be used to fix the base address of the
|
If it is needed, the following syntax can be used to fix the base address of the
|
||||||
section:
|
section:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
"CoolStuff",ROMX[$4567]</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX[$4567]
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
It won't, however, fix the bank number, which is left to the linker. If you also
|
It won't, however, fix the bank number, which is left to the linker. If you also
|
||||||
want to specify the bank you can do:
|
want to specify the bank you can do:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
"CoolStuff",ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's
|
And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's
|
||||||
position within the bank, that's also possible:
|
position within the bank, that's also possible:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
"CoolStuff",ROMX,BANK[7]</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
SECTION "CoolStuff",ROMX,BANK[7]
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section. This ensures that the
|
In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section. This ensures that the
|
||||||
section starts at a memory address where the given number of least-significant
|
section starts at a memory address where the given number of least-significant
|
||||||
@@ -158,11 +209,13 @@ In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section. This ensures that the
|
|||||||
needed to align the start of an array to 256 bytes to optimize the code that
|
needed to align the start of an array to 256 bytes to optimize the code that
|
||||||
accesses it.
|
accesses it.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION "OAM Data",WRAM0,ALIGN[8];
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
align to 256 bytes</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
SECTION "OAM Data",WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">SECTION "VRAM
|
|
||||||
Data",ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4]; align to 16 bytes</code></div>
|
SECTION "VRAM Data",ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
HINT: If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple
|
HINT: If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple
|
||||||
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">ORG</b> type thing you can quite easily write an
|
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">ORG</b> type thing you can quite easily write an
|
||||||
@@ -251,8 +304,12 @@ ThisWillBeExported.too::
|
|||||||
EQUates are constant symbols. They can, for example, be used for things such
|
EQUates are constant symbols. They can, for example, be used for things such
|
||||||
as bit-definitions of hardware registers.
|
as bit-definitions of hardware registers.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">EXIT_OK EQU $00</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
EXIT_OK EQU $00
|
||||||
|
EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. EQUates
|
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. EQUates
|
||||||
cannot be exported and imported. They don't change their value during the
|
cannot be exported and imported. They don't change their value during the
|
||||||
@@ -276,7 +333,11 @@ COUNT SET ARRAY_SIZE+COUNT
|
|||||||
be exported and imported. Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for
|
be exported and imported. Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for
|
||||||
SET.
|
SET.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">COUNT = 2</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
COUNT = 2
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
</dd>
|
</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-hang"><b class="Sy" title="Sy">RSSET</b>,
|
<dt class="It-hang"><b class="Sy" title="Sy">RSSET</b>,
|
||||||
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">RSRESET</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">RB</b>,
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">RSRESET</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">RB</b>,
|
||||||
@@ -369,10 +430,10 @@ str_SIZEOF = 259
|
|||||||
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<pre class="Li">
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
|
COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
|
||||||
ld a,COUNTREG
|
ld a,COUNTREG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PLAYER_NAME EQUS "\"John\""
|
PLAYER_NAME EQUS "\"John\""
|
||||||
db PLAYER_NAME
|
db PLAYER_NAME
|
||||||
</pre>
|
</pre>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
@@ -381,13 +442,20 @@ db PLAYER_NAME
|
|||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
This will be interpreted as:
|
This will be interpreted as:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">ld a,[hl+]</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">db "John"</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
ld a,[hl+]
|
||||||
|
db "John"
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:
|
String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">PUSHA EQUS "push af\npush bc\npush
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
de\npush hl\n"</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
PUSHA EQUS "push af\npush bc\npush de\npush hl\n"
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. String
|
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed. String
|
||||||
equates can't be exported or imported.
|
equates can't be exported or imported.
|
||||||
@@ -501,7 +569,11 @@ LoopyMacro: MACRO
|
|||||||
address and the second being a bytecount. The macro will then reset all
|
address and the second being a bytecount. The macro will then reset all
|
||||||
bytes in this range.
|
bytes in this range.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">LoopyMacro MyVars,54</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
LoopyMacro MyVars,54
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
Arguments are passed as string equates. There's no need to enclose them in
|
Arguments are passed as string equates. There's no need to enclose them in
|
||||||
quotes. An expression will not be evaluated first but passed directly.
|
quotes. An expression will not be evaluated first but passed directly.
|
||||||
@@ -516,6 +588,21 @@ LoopyMacro: MACRO
|
|||||||
use the first 9 like this. If you want to use the rest, you need to use
|
use the first 9 like this. If you want to use the rest, you need to use
|
||||||
the keyword <b class="Ic" title="Ic">SHIFT</b>.
|
the keyword <b class="Ic" title="Ic">SHIFT</b>.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
Line continuations work as usual inside macros or lists of arguments of
|
||||||
|
macros. Strings, however, are a bit trickier. The following example shows
|
||||||
|
how to use strings as arguments for a macro:
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
PrintMacro : MACRO
|
||||||
|
PRINTT \1
|
||||||
|
ENDM
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PrintMacro STRCAT(\"Hello\"\, \
|
||||||
|
\" world\\n\")
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">SHIFT</b> is a special command only available in
|
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">SHIFT</b> is a special command only available in
|
||||||
macros. Very useful in REPT-blocks. It will "shift" the
|
macros. Very useful in REPT-blocks. It will "shift" the
|
||||||
arguments by one "to the left". <b class="Ic" title="Ic">\1</b>
|
arguments by one "to the left". <b class="Ic" title="Ic">\1</b>
|
||||||
@@ -701,8 +788,11 @@ The following symbols are defined by the assembler:
|
|||||||
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">DB</b> defines a list of bytes that will be stored in
|
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">DB</b> defines a list of bytes that will be stored in
|
||||||
the final image. Ideal for tables and text (which is not zero-terminated).
|
the final image. Ideal for tables and text (which is not zero-terminated).
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">DB 1,2,3,4,"This is a
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
string"</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
DB 1,2,3,4,"This is a string"
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
Alternatively, you can use <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DW</b> to store a list of
|
Alternatively, you can use <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DW</b> to store a list of
|
||||||
words (16-bits) or <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DL</b> to store a list of
|
words (16-bits) or <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DL</b> to store a list of
|
||||||
@@ -729,8 +819,11 @@ You can also use <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DB</b>,
|
|||||||
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">DW</b> and <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DL</b> without
|
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">DW</b> and <b class="Ic" title="Ic">DL</b> without
|
||||||
any arguments instead.
|
any arguments instead.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
bytes</code></div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Including_binary_files"><a class="selflink" href="#Including_binary_files">Including
|
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Including_binary_files"><a class="selflink" href="#Including_binary_files">Including
|
||||||
binary files</a></h2>
|
binary files</a></h2>
|
||||||
You probably have some graphics you'd like to include. Use
|
You probably have some graphics you'd like to include. Use
|
||||||
@@ -738,17 +831,23 @@ You probably have some graphics you'd like to include. Use
|
|||||||
the file isn't found in the current directory, the include-path list passed to
|
the file isn't found in the current directory, the include-path list passed to
|
||||||
the linker on the command line will be searched.
|
the linker on the command line will be searched.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">INCBIN "titlepic.bin"</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">INCBIN "sprites/hero.bin" ;
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
UNIX</code></div>
|
INCBIN "titlepic.bin"
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">INCBIN "sprites\\hero.bin" ;
|
INCBIN "sprites/hero.bin" ; UNIX
|
||||||
Windows</code></div>
|
INCBIN "sprites\\hero.bin" ; Windows
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
You can also include only part of a file with
|
You can also include only part of a file with
|
||||||
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">INCBIN</b>. The example below includes 256 bytes from
|
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">INCBIN</b>. The example below includes 256 bytes from
|
||||||
data.bin starting from byte 78.
|
data.bin starting from byte 78.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">INCBIN "data.bin",78,256</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
INCBIN "data.bin",78,256
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Unions"><a class="selflink" href="#Unions">Unions</a></h2>
|
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Unions"><a class="selflink" href="#Unions">Unions</a></h2>
|
||||||
Unions allow multiple memory allocations to share the same space in memory, like
|
Unions allow multiple memory allocations to share the same space in memory, like
|
||||||
unions in C. This allows you to easily reuse memory for different purposes,
|
unions in C. This allows you to easily reuse memory for different purposes,
|
||||||
@@ -791,17 +890,20 @@ These three instructions type text and values to stdout. Useful for debugging
|
|||||||
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<pre class="Li">
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
PRINTT "I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\n"
|
PRINTT "I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\n"
|
||||||
PRINTV (2+3)/5
|
PRINTI (2 + 3) / 5
|
||||||
PRINTF MUL(3.14,3987.0)
|
PRINTV $FF00 + $F0
|
||||||
|
PRINTF MUL(3.14, 3987.0)
|
||||||
</pre>
|
</pre>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<dl class="Bl-inset">
|
<dl class="Bl-inset">
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTT"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTT">PRINTT</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTT"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTT">PRINTT</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset">prints out a string.</dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset">prints out a string.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTV"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTV">PRINTV</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTV"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTV">PRINTV</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset">prints out an integer value or, as in the example, the
|
<dd class="It-inset">prints out an integer value in hexadecimal or, as in the
|
||||||
result of a calculation. Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant
|
example, the result of a calculation. Unsurprisingly, you can also print
|
||||||
symbols value.</dd>
|
out a constant symbols value.</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTI"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTI">PRINTI</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-inset">prints out a signed integer value.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTF"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTF">PRINTF</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="selflink" href="#PRINTF"><b class="Ic" title="Ic" id="PRINTF">PRINTF</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset">prints out a fixed point value.</dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset">prints out a fixed point value.</dd>
|
||||||
</dl>
|
</dl>
|
||||||
@@ -860,7 +962,11 @@ Use <b class="Ic" title="Ic">INCLUDE</b> to process another assembler-file and
|
|||||||
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">INCLUDE</b> calls infinitely (or until you run out of
|
<b class="Ic" title="Ic">INCLUDE</b> calls infinitely (or until you run out of
|
||||||
memory, whichever comes first).
|
memory, whichever comes first).
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">INCLUDE "irq.inc"</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
INCLUDE "irq.inc"
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Conditional_assembling"><a class="selflink" href="#Conditional_assembling">Conditional
|
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Conditional_assembling"><a class="selflink" href="#Conditional_assembling">Conditional
|
||||||
assembling</a></h2>
|
assembling</a></h2>
|
||||||
The four commands <b class="Ic" title="Ic">IF</b>,
|
The four commands <b class="Ic" title="Ic">IF</b>,
|
||||||
@@ -917,7 +1023,11 @@ The last one, Gameboy graphics, is quite interesting and useful. The values are
|
|||||||
actually pixel values and it converts the “chunky” data to
|
actually pixel values and it converts the “chunky” data to
|
||||||
“planar” data as used in the Gameboy.
|
“planar” data as used in the Gameboy.
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1"><code class="Li">DW `01012323</code></div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
DW `01012323
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
Admittedly, an expression with just a single number is quite boring. To spice
|
Admittedly, an expression with just a single number is quite boring. To spice
|
||||||
things up a bit there are a few operators you can use to perform calculations
|
things up a bit there are a few operators you can use to perform calculations
|
||||||
@@ -1199,6 +1309,32 @@ Whenever the macro-language expects a string you can actually use a string
|
|||||||
returns the new string.</td>
|
returns the new string.</td>
|
||||||
</tr>
|
</tr>
|
||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
|
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Character_maps"><a class="selflink" href="#Character_maps">Character
|
||||||
|
maps</a></h2>
|
||||||
|
When writing text that is meant to be displayed in the Game Boy, the ASCII
|
||||||
|
characters used in the source code may not be the same ones used in the
|
||||||
|
tileset used in the ROM. For example, the tiles used for uppercase letters may
|
||||||
|
be placed starting at tile index 128, which makes it difficult to add text
|
||||||
|
strings to the ROM.
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
Character maps allow the code to map strings up to 16 characters long to an
|
||||||
|
abitrary 8-bit value:
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
|
CHARMAP "<LF>", 10
|
||||||
|
CHARMAP "&iacute", 20
|
||||||
|
CHARMAP "A", 128
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">Note:</b> Character maps affect all strings in the file
|
||||||
|
from the point in which they are defined. This means that any string that the
|
||||||
|
code may want to print as debug information will also be affected by it.
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<b class="Sy" title="Sy">Note:</b> The output value of a mapping can be 0. If
|
||||||
|
this happens, the assembler will treat this as the end of the string and the
|
||||||
|
rest of it will be trimmed.
|
||||||
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Other_functions"><a class="selflink" href="#Other_functions">Other
|
<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="Other_functions"><a class="selflink" href="#Other_functions">Other
|
||||||
functions</a></h2>
|
functions</a></h2>
|
||||||
There are a few other functions that do various useful things:
|
There are a few other functions that do various useful things:
|
||||||
@@ -1319,6 +1455,8 @@ The options that OPT can modify are currently: <b class="Sy" title="Sy">b</b>,
|
|||||||
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#BANK">BANK</a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#BANK">BANK</a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#CHARMAP">CHARMAP</a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#COS">COS</a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#COS">COS</a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#DB">DB</a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#DB">DB</a></dt>
|
||||||
@@ -1377,6 +1515,8 @@ The options that OPT can modify are currently: <b class="Sy" title="Sy">b</b>,
|
|||||||
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTF">PRINTF</a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTF">PRINTF</a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTI">PRINTI</a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTT">PRINTT</a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTT">PRINTT</a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
<dd class="It-inset"></dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTV">PRINTV</a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-inset"><a class="Sx" title="Sx" href="#PRINTV">PRINTV</a></dt>
|
||||||
@@ -1451,7 +1591,7 @@ The options that OPT can modify are currently: <b class="Sy" title="Sy">b</b>,
|
|||||||
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
||||||
<table class="foot">
|
<table class="foot">
|
||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-date">January 27, 2018</td>
|
<td class="foot-date">March 13, 2018</td>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
||||||
</tr>
|
</tr>
|
||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBDS(5)</title>
|
<title>RGBDS(5)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -65,7 +65,9 @@ REPT NumberOfSymbols ; Number of symbols defined in this object file.
|
|||||||
LONG LineNum ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined.
|
LONG LineNum ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LONG SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
|
LONG SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
|
||||||
; this symbol is defined.
|
; this symbol is defined. If it doesn't belong to any
|
||||||
|
; specific section (like a constant), this field has
|
||||||
|
; the value -1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LONG Value ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
|
LONG Value ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
|
||||||
; symbol's section.
|
; symbol's section.
|
||||||
@@ -121,6 +123,7 @@ REPT NumberOfSections
|
|||||||
BYTE Type ; 0 = BYTE patch.
|
BYTE Type ; 0 = BYTE patch.
|
||||||
; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
|
; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
|
||||||
; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
|
; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
|
||||||
|
; 3 = JR offset value BYTE patch.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LONG RPNSize ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
|
LONG RPNSize ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
|
||||||
; expression.
|
; expression.
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBDS(7)</title>
|
<title>RGBDS(7)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -26,9 +26,13 @@
|
|||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
||||||
To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
|
To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1">$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm</div>
|
<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
|
||||||
<div class="D1">$ rgblink -o baz.gb bar.o</div>
|
<pre class="Li">
|
||||||
<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -v -p 0 baz.gb</div>
|
$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
|
||||||
|
$ rgblink -o baz.gb bar.o
|
||||||
|
$ rgbfix -v -p 0 baz.gb
|
||||||
|
</pre>
|
||||||
|
</div>
|
||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
|
||||||
ALSO</a></h1>
|
ALSO</a></h1>
|
||||||
<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>,
|
<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>,
|
||||||
@@ -52,13 +56,14 @@ To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
|
|||||||
<dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
|
<dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-ohang">2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name. It
|
<dd class="It-ohang">2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name. It
|
||||||
is now maintained by a number of contributors at
|
is now maintained by a number of contributors at
|
||||||
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.
|
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</dd>
|
||||||
2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.</dd>
|
<dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-ohang">2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.</dd>
|
||||||
</dl>
|
</dl>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<table class="foot">
|
<table class="foot">
|
||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
|
<td class="foot-date">March 7, 2018</td>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
||||||
</tr>
|
</tr>
|
||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBFIX(1)</title>
|
<title>RGBFIX(1)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -28,6 +28,8 @@
|
|||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b></td>
|
<td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b></td>
|
||||||
<td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-CcjsVv</b></span>]
|
<td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-CcjsVv</b></span>]
|
||||||
|
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>
|
||||||
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var></span>]
|
||||||
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-i</b>
|
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-i</b>
|
||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></span>]
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></span>]
|
||||||
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-k</b>
|
[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-k</b>
|
||||||
@@ -67,6 +69,32 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> program changes headers of Game Boy ROM
|
|||||||
<b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b> takes precedence.</dd>
|
<b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b> takes precedence.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#f"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="f">-f</b></a>
|
||||||
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Fix certain header values that the Game Boy checks for
|
||||||
|
correctness. Alternatively, intentionally trash these values by writing
|
||||||
|
their binary inverse instead. <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var> is
|
||||||
|
a string containing any combination of the following characters:
|
||||||
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
|
<dl class="Bl-tag Bl-compact" style="margin-left: 5.40ex;">
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="l">l</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Fix the Nintendo logo
|
||||||
|
(<i class="Ad">0x104</i>–<i class="Ad">0x133</i>).</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#L"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="L">L</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Trash the Nintendo logo.</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="h">h</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Fix the header checksum (<i class="Ad">0x14D</i>).</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#H"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="H">H</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Trash the header checksum.</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#g"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="g">g</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Fix the global checksum
|
||||||
|
(<i class="Ad">0x14E</i>–<i class="Ad">0x14F</i>).</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#G"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="G">G</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag">Trash the global checksum.</dd>
|
||||||
|
</dl>
|
||||||
|
</dd>
|
||||||
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#i"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="i">-i</b></a>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#i"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="i">-i</b></a>
|
||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></dt>
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Set the game ID string
|
<dd class="It-tag">Set the game ID string
|
||||||
@@ -141,10 +169,8 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> program changes headers of Game Boy ROM
|
|||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Validate the header and fix checksums: the Nintendo
|
<dd class="It-tag">Equivalent to <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>
|
||||||
character area (<i class="Ad">0x104</i>–<i class="Ad">0x133</i>),
|
<b class="Cm" title="Cm">lhg</b>.</dd>
|
||||||
the header checksum (<i class="Ad">0x14D</i>), and the global checksum
|
|
||||||
(<i class="Ad">0x14E</i>–<i class="Ad">0x14F</i>).</dd>
|
|
||||||
</dl>
|
</dl>
|
||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
||||||
Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic. The bare minimum requirements
|
Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic. The bare minimum requirements
|
||||||
@@ -179,7 +205,7 @@ The following will duplicate the header (sans global checksum) of the game
|
|||||||
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
<a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
|
||||||
<table class="foot">
|
<table class="foot">
|
||||||
<tr>
|
<tr>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
|
<td class="foot-date">March 11, 2018</td>
|
||||||
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
<td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
|
||||||
</tr>
|
</tr>
|
||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBGFX(1)</title>
|
<title>RGBGFX(1)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -43,7 +43,28 @@
|
|||||||
</table>
|
</table>
|
||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
|
||||||
The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
|
The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
|
||||||
Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format. The arguments are as follows:
|
Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
|
||||||
|
<div style="height: 1.00em;"> </div>
|
||||||
|
The resulting colors and their palette indices are determined differently
|
||||||
|
depending on the input PNG file:
|
||||||
|
<ul class="Bl-dash">
|
||||||
|
<li class="It-dash">If the file has an embedded palette, that palette's color
|
||||||
|
and order are used.</li>
|
||||||
|
<li class="It-dash">If not, and the image only contains shades of gray, rgbgfx
|
||||||
|
maps them to the indices appropriate for each shade. Any undetermined
|
||||||
|
indices are set to respective default shades of gray. For example: if the
|
||||||
|
bit depth is 2 and the image contains light gray and black, they become
|
||||||
|
the second and fourth colors - and the first and third colors get set to
|
||||||
|
default white and dark gray. If the image has multiple shades that map to
|
||||||
|
the same index, the palette is instead determined as if the image had
|
||||||
|
color.</li>
|
||||||
|
<li class="It-dash">If the image has color (or the grayscale method failed),
|
||||||
|
the colors are sorted from lightest to darkest.</li>
|
||||||
|
</ul>
|
||||||
|
<div style="height: 1.00em;"> </div>
|
||||||
|
The input image may not contain more colors than the selected bit depth allows.
|
||||||
|
Transparent pixels are set to palette index 0.
|
||||||
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="ARGUMENTS"><a class="selflink" href="#ARGUMENTS">ARGUMENTS</a></h1>
|
||||||
<dl class="Bl-tag">
|
<dl class="Bl-tag">
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
@@ -58,14 +79,14 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
|
|||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#F"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="F">-F</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#F"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="F">-F</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>, but additionally,
|
<dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>, but additionally,
|
||||||
the input PNG file is fixed to have its parameters match the command
|
the supplied command line parameters are saved within the PNG and will be
|
||||||
line's parameters.</dd>
|
loaded and automatically used next time.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#d"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="d">-d</b></a>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#d"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="d">-d</b></a>
|
||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">depth</var></dt>
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">depth</var></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">The bitdepth of the output image (either 1 or 2). By
|
<dd class="It-tag">The bit depth of the output image (either 1 or 2). By
|
||||||
default, the bitdepth is 2 (two bits per pixel).</dd>
|
default, the bit depth is 2 (two bits per pixel).</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="h">-h</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="h">-h</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
@@ -79,15 +100,16 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
|
|||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
|
||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">palfile</var></dt>
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">palfile</var></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Raw bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one
|
<dd class="It-tag">Output the image's palette in standard GBC palette format -
|
||||||
bit per pixel) containing the RGB15 values in the little-endian byte order
|
bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
|
||||||
and then ordered from lightest to darkest.</dd>
|
containing the RGB15 values in little-endian byte order. If the palette
|
||||||
|
contains too few colors, the remaining entries are set to black.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#P"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="P">-P</b></a></dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#P"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="P">-P</b></a></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>, but the pallete
|
<dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>, but the palette
|
||||||
file output name is made by taking the input filename, removing the file
|
file output name is made by taking the input PNG file's filename, removing
|
||||||
extension, and appending <i class="Pa" title="Pa">.pal</i>.</dd>
|
the file extension, and appending <i class="Pa" title="Pa">.pal</i>.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a>
|
||||||
@@ -120,7 +142,7 @@ The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
|
|||||||
<dd class="It-tag">Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.</dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag">Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.</dd>
|
||||||
</dl>
|
</dl>
|
||||||
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
|
||||||
The following will take a PNG file with a bitdepth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
|
The following will take a PNG file with a bit depth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
|
||||||
planar 2bpp data:
|
planar 2bpp data:
|
||||||
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
<div class="Pp"></div>
|
||||||
<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png</div>
|
<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png</div>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBLINK(1)</title>
|
<title>RGBLINK(1)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The arguments are as follows:
|
|||||||
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">overlayfile</var></dt>
|
<var class="Ar" title="Ar">overlayfile</var></dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag">The ROM image to overlay sections over. When an overlay ROM
|
<dd class="It-tag">The ROM image to overlay sections over. When an overlay ROM
|
||||||
is provided, all sections must be fixed. This may be used to patch an
|
is provided, all sections must be fixed. This may be used to patch an
|
||||||
existing binray.</dd>
|
existing binary.</dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
<dt class="It-tag"> </dt>
|
||||||
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
<dd class="It-tag"> </dd>
|
||||||
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
|
<dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||||||
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
|
||||||
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
|
||||||
</style>
|
</style>
|
||||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manual.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
<link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
||||||
<title>RGBLINK(5)</title>
|
<title>RGBLINK(5)</title>
|
||||||
</head>
|
</head>
|
||||||
<body>
|
<body>
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -12,15 +12,16 @@
|
|||||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
|
#include "helpers.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
struct sOptions {
|
struct sOptions {
|
||||||
char gbgfx[4];
|
|
||||||
char binary[2];
|
char binary[2];
|
||||||
int32_t fillchar;
|
char gbgfx[4];
|
||||||
bool verbose;
|
|
||||||
bool haltnop;
|
|
||||||
bool exportall;
|
bool exportall;
|
||||||
|
int32_t fillchar;
|
||||||
|
bool haltnop;
|
||||||
|
bool optimizeloads;
|
||||||
|
bool verbose;
|
||||||
bool warnings; /* True to enable warnings, false to disable them. */
|
bool warnings; /* True to enable warnings, false to disable them. */
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ void opt_Parse(char *s);
|
|||||||
* It is also used when the assembler goes into an invalid state (for example,
|
* It is also used when the assembler goes into an invalid state (for example,
|
||||||
* when it fails to allocate memory).
|
* when it fails to allocate memory).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
noreturn void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
|
noreturn_ void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Used for errors that make it impossible to assemble correctly, but don't
|
* Used for errors that make it impossible to assemble correctly, but don't
|
||||||
|
|||||||
10
include/extern/err.h
vendored
10
include/extern/err.h
vendored
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
|
#include "helpers.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#define warn rgbds_warn
|
#define warn rgbds_warn
|
||||||
#define vwarn rgbds_vwarn
|
#define vwarn rgbds_vwarn
|
||||||
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ void vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
|||||||
void warnx(const char *fmt, ...);
|
void warnx(const char *fmt, ...);
|
||||||
void vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
void vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void err(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
|
noreturn_ void err(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
|
||||||
noreturn void verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
noreturn_ void verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
||||||
noreturn void errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
|
noreturn_ void errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
|
||||||
noreturn void verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
noreturn_ void verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif /* ERR_IN_LIBC */
|
#endif /* ERR_IN_LIBC */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|||||||
29
include/extern/stdnoreturn.h
vendored
29
include/extern/stdnoreturn.h
vendored
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* This file is part of RGBDS.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Copyright (c) 2014-2018, RGBDS contributors.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifndef EXTERN_STDNORETURN_H
|
|
||||||
#define EXTERN_STDNORETURN_H
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L
|
|
||||||
/* C11 or newer */
|
|
||||||
#define noreturn _Noreturn
|
|
||||||
#elif __cplusplus >= 201103L
|
|
||||||
/* C++11 or newer */
|
|
||||||
#define noreturn [[noreturn]]
|
|
||||||
#elif __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5))
|
|
||||||
/* GCC 2.5 or newer */
|
|
||||||
#define noreturn __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
|
||||||
#elif _MSC_VER >= 1310
|
|
||||||
/* MS Visual Studio 2003/.NET Framework 1.1 or newer */
|
|
||||||
#define noreturn _declspec(noreturn)
|
|
||||||
#else
|
|
||||||
/* Unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
|
|
||||||
#define noreturn
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif /* EXTERN_STDNORETURN_H */
|
|
||||||
@@ -12,14 +12,15 @@
|
|||||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
#include "gfx/main.h"
|
#include "gfx/main.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void png_to_gb(const struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb);
|
void raw_to_gb(const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image, struct GBImage *gb);
|
||||||
void output_file(const struct Options opts, const struct GBImage gb);
|
void output_file(const struct Options *opts, const struct GBImage *gb);
|
||||||
int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles,
|
int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles,
|
||||||
int tile_size);
|
int tile_size);
|
||||||
void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
void create_tilemap(const struct Options *opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
||||||
struct Tilemap *tilemap);
|
struct Tilemap *tilemap);
|
||||||
void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options opts,
|
void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
const struct Tilemap tilemap);
|
const struct Tilemap *tilemap);
|
||||||
void output_palette_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage png);
|
void output_palette_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
|
const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -31,6 +31,21 @@ struct Options {
|
|||||||
char *infile;
|
char *infile;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct RGBColor {
|
||||||
|
uint8_t red;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t green;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t blue;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct ImageOptions {
|
||||||
|
bool horizontal;
|
||||||
|
int trim;
|
||||||
|
char *mapfile;
|
||||||
|
bool mapout;
|
||||||
|
char *palfile;
|
||||||
|
bool palout;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
struct PNGImage {
|
struct PNGImage {
|
||||||
png_struct *png;
|
png_struct *png;
|
||||||
png_info *info;
|
png_info *info;
|
||||||
@@ -39,12 +54,14 @@ struct PNGImage {
|
|||||||
int height;
|
int height;
|
||||||
png_byte depth;
|
png_byte depth;
|
||||||
png_byte type;
|
png_byte type;
|
||||||
bool horizontal;
|
};
|
||||||
int trim;
|
|
||||||
char *mapfile;
|
struct RawIndexedImage {
|
||||||
bool mapout;
|
uint8_t **data;
|
||||||
char *palfile;
|
struct RGBColor *palette;
|
||||||
bool palout;
|
int num_colors;
|
||||||
|
int width;
|
||||||
|
int height;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
struct GBImage {
|
struct GBImage {
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -11,10 +11,11 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "gfx/main.h"
|
#include "gfx/main.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img);
|
struct RawIndexedImage *input_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
void get_text(struct PNGImage *png);
|
struct ImageOptions *png_options);
|
||||||
void set_text(const struct PNGImage *png);
|
void output_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
void output_png_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage *png);
|
const struct ImageOptions *png_options,
|
||||||
void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png);
|
const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image);
|
||||||
|
void destroy_raw_image(struct RawIndexedImage **raw_image_ptr_ptr);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif /* RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H */
|
#endif /* RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H */
|
||||||
|
|||||||
22
include/helpers.h
Normal file
22
include/helpers.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* This file is part of RGBDS.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (c) 2014-2018, RGBDS contributors.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef HELPERS_H
|
||||||
|
#define HELPERS_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||||
|
/* GCC or compatible */
|
||||||
|
#define noreturn_ __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||||
|
#define unused_ __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
/* Unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
|
||||||
|
#define noreturn_
|
||||||
|
#define unused_
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* HELPERS_H */
|
||||||
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
|
#include "helpers.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
|
noreturn_ void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void script_Parse(const char *path);
|
void script_Parse(const char *path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -66,7 +66,8 @@ enum eSymbolType {
|
|||||||
enum ePatchType {
|
enum ePatchType {
|
||||||
PATCH_BYTE = 0x00,
|
PATCH_BYTE = 0x00,
|
||||||
PATCH_WORD_L = 0x01,
|
PATCH_WORD_L = 0x01,
|
||||||
PATCH_LONG_L = 0x02
|
PATCH_LONG_L = 0x02,
|
||||||
|
PATCH_BYTE_JR = 0x03
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif /* RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H */
|
#endif /* RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H */
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR (0)
|
#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR (0)
|
||||||
#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR (3)
|
#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR (3)
|
||||||
#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH (5)
|
#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH (7)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
const char *get_package_version_string(void);
|
const char *get_package_version_string(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|||||||
211
src/asm/asmy.y
211
src/asm/asmy.y
@@ -28,8 +28,10 @@
|
|||||||
#include "common.h"
|
#include "common.h"
|
||||||
#include "linkdefs.h"
|
#include "linkdefs.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint32_t nListCountEmpty;
|
||||||
char *tzNewMacro;
|
char *tzNewMacro;
|
||||||
uint32_t ulNewMacroSize;
|
uint32_t ulNewMacroSize;
|
||||||
|
int32_t nPCOffset;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static void bankrangecheck(char *name, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
|
static void bankrangecheck(char *name, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
|
||||||
int32_t bank)
|
int32_t bank)
|
||||||
@@ -339,8 +341,9 @@ static void if_skip_to_else(void)
|
|||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
case '\"':
|
case '\"':
|
||||||
src++;
|
src += 2;
|
||||||
inString = false;
|
inString = false;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
default:
|
default:
|
||||||
src++;
|
src++;
|
||||||
@@ -455,7 +458,6 @@ static void updateUnion(void)
|
|||||||
%type <nConstValue> const_3bit
|
%type <nConstValue> const_3bit
|
||||||
%type <sVal> const_8bit
|
%type <sVal> const_8bit
|
||||||
%type <sVal> const_16bit
|
%type <sVal> const_16bit
|
||||||
%type <sVal> const_PCrel
|
|
||||||
%type <nConstValue> sectiontype
|
%type <nConstValue> sectiontype
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
%type <tzString> string
|
%type <tzString> string
|
||||||
@@ -504,7 +506,7 @@ static void updateUnion(void)
|
|||||||
%token <tzSym> T_POP_SET
|
%token <tzSym> T_POP_SET
|
||||||
%token <tzSym> T_POP_EQUS
|
%token <tzSym> T_POP_EQUS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
%token T_POP_INCLUDE T_POP_PRINTF T_POP_PRINTT T_POP_PRINTV
|
%token T_POP_INCLUDE T_POP_PRINTF T_POP_PRINTT T_POP_PRINTV T_POP_PRINTI
|
||||||
%token T_POP_IF T_POP_ELIF T_POP_ELSE T_POP_ENDC
|
%token T_POP_IF T_POP_ELIF T_POP_ELSE T_POP_ENDC
|
||||||
%token T_POP_IMPORT T_POP_EXPORT T_POP_GLOBAL
|
%token T_POP_IMPORT T_POP_EXPORT T_POP_GLOBAL
|
||||||
%token T_POP_DB T_POP_DS T_POP_DW T_POP_DL
|
%token T_POP_DB T_POP_DS T_POP_DW T_POP_DL
|
||||||
@@ -580,10 +582,13 @@ asmfile : lines;
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Note: The lexer adds '\n' at the end of the input */
|
/* Note: The lexer adds '\n' at the end of the input */
|
||||||
lines : /* empty */
|
lines : /* empty */
|
||||||
| lines line '\n' {
|
| lines {
|
||||||
nLineNo += 1;
|
nListCountEmpty = 0;
|
||||||
nTotalLines += 1;
|
nPCOffset = 1;
|
||||||
}
|
} line '\n' {
|
||||||
|
nLineNo += 1;
|
||||||
|
nTotalLines += 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
line : label
|
line : label
|
||||||
@@ -648,6 +653,7 @@ simple_pseudoop : include
|
|||||||
| printf
|
| printf
|
||||||
| printt
|
| printt
|
||||||
| printv
|
| printv
|
||||||
|
| printi
|
||||||
| if
|
| if
|
||||||
| elif
|
| elif
|
||||||
| else
|
| else
|
||||||
@@ -655,9 +661,9 @@ simple_pseudoop : include
|
|||||||
| import
|
| import
|
||||||
| export
|
| export
|
||||||
| global
|
| global
|
||||||
| db
|
| { nPCOffset = 0; } db
|
||||||
| dw
|
| { nPCOffset = 0; } dw
|
||||||
| dl
|
| { nPCOffset = 0; } dl
|
||||||
| ds
|
| ds
|
||||||
| section
|
| section
|
||||||
| rsreset
|
| rsreset
|
||||||
@@ -802,16 +808,28 @@ ds : T_POP_DS uconst
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
db : T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry comma constlist_8bit
|
db : T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry comma constlist_8bit {
|
||||||
| T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry_single
|
if ((nPass == 1) && (nListCountEmpty > 0)) {
|
||||||
|
warning("Empty entry in list of 8-bit elements (treated as 0).");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
| T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dw : T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry comma constlist_16bit
|
dw : T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry comma constlist_16bit {
|
||||||
| T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry_single
|
if ((nPass == 1) && (nListCountEmpty > 0)) {
|
||||||
|
warning("Empty entry in list of 16-bit elements (treated as 0).");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
| T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dl : T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry comma constlist_32bit
|
dl : T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry comma constlist_32bit {
|
||||||
| T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry_single
|
if ((nPass == 1) && (nListCountEmpty > 0)) {
|
||||||
|
warning("Empty entry in list of 32-bit elements (treated as 0).");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
| T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
purge : T_POP_PURGE {
|
purge : T_POP_PURGE {
|
||||||
@@ -933,6 +951,13 @@ printv : T_POP_PRINTV const
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
printi : T_POP_PRINTI const
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (nPass == 1)
|
||||||
|
printf("%d", $2);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
printf : T_POP_PRINTF const
|
printf : T_POP_PRINTF const
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if (nPass == 1)
|
if (nPass == 1)
|
||||||
@@ -1021,26 +1046,7 @@ constlist_8bit : constlist_8bit_entry
|
|||||||
constlist_8bit_entry : /* empty */
|
constlist_8bit_entry : /* empty */
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
out_Skip(1);
|
out_Skip(1);
|
||||||
if (nPass == 1)
|
nListCountEmpty++;
|
||||||
warning("Empty entry in list of 8-bit elements (treated as 0).");
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
| const_8bit
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
out_RelByte(&$1);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
| string
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
char *s = $1;
|
|
||||||
int32_t length = charmap_Convert(&s);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
out_AbsByteGroup(s, length);
|
|
||||||
free(s);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
constlist_8bit_entry_single : /* empty */
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
out_Skip(1);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| const_8bit
|
| const_8bit
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
@@ -1063,18 +1069,7 @@ constlist_16bit : constlist_16bit_entry
|
|||||||
constlist_16bit_entry : /* empty */
|
constlist_16bit_entry : /* empty */
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
out_Skip(2);
|
out_Skip(2);
|
||||||
if (nPass == 1)
|
nListCountEmpty++;
|
||||||
warning("Empty entry in list of 16-bit elements (treated as 0).");
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
| const_16bit
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
out_RelWord(&$1);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
constlist_16bit_entry_single : /* empty */
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
out_Skip(2);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| const_16bit
|
| const_16bit
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
@@ -1089,8 +1084,7 @@ constlist_32bit : constlist_32bit_entry
|
|||||||
constlist_32bit_entry : /* empty */
|
constlist_32bit_entry : /* empty */
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
out_Skip(4);
|
out_Skip(4);
|
||||||
if (nPass == 1)
|
nListCountEmpty++;
|
||||||
warning("Empty entry in list of 32-bit elements (treated as 0).");
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| relocconst
|
| relocconst
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
@@ -1098,24 +1092,6 @@ constlist_32bit_entry : /* empty */
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
constlist_32bit_entry_single : /* empty */
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
out_Skip(4);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
| relocconst
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
out_RelLong(&$1);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
const_PCrel : relocconst
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
if (!rpn_isPCRelative(&$1))
|
|
||||||
yyerror("Expression must be PC-relative");
|
|
||||||
$$ = $1;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
const_8bit : relocconst
|
const_8bit : relocconst
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if( (!rpn_isReloc(&$1)) && (($1.nVal < -128) || ($1.nVal > 255)) )
|
if( (!rpn_isReloc(&$1)) && (($1.nVal < -128) || ($1.nVal > 255)) )
|
||||||
@@ -1135,8 +1111,39 @@ const_16bit : relocconst
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
relocconst : T_ID
|
relocconst : T_ID
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
rpn_Symbol(&$$, $1);
|
/*
|
||||||
$$.nVal = sym_GetValue($1);
|
* The value of @ needs to be evaluated by the linker,
|
||||||
|
* it can only be calculated by the assembler in very
|
||||||
|
* few cases (when the base address of a section is
|
||||||
|
* known).
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* '@' is a bit special in that it means different
|
||||||
|
* things depending on when it is used:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - JR/LD/ADD/etc: It refers to the first byte of the
|
||||||
|
* instruction (1 byte offset relative to the value
|
||||||
|
* stored in the ROM).
|
||||||
|
* - DB/DW/DL: It refers to the address of the value
|
||||||
|
* that is being saved (0 byte offset relative to the
|
||||||
|
* value stored in the ROM.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This offset must be added whenever '@' is added to a
|
||||||
|
* RPN expression so that the linker can calculate the
|
||||||
|
* correct result of any expression that uses '@'.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
if ((strcmp($1, "@") == 0) && (nPCOffset != 0)) {
|
||||||
|
struct Expression sTemp, sOffset;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rpn_Symbol(&sTemp, $1);
|
||||||
|
sTemp.nVal = sym_GetValue($1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rpn_Number(&sOffset, nPCOffset);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rpn_SUB(&$$, &sTemp, &sOffset);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
rpn_Symbol(&$$, $1);
|
||||||
|
$$.nVal = sym_GetValue($1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_NUMBER
|
| T_NUMBER
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
@@ -1234,6 +1241,8 @@ uconst : const
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
const : T_ID { $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
|
const : T_ID { $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
|
||||||
| T_NUMBER { $$ = $1; }
|
| T_NUMBER { $$ = $1; }
|
||||||
|
| T_OP_HIGH '(' const ')' { $$ = ($3 >> 8) & 0xFF; }
|
||||||
|
| T_OP_LOW '(' const ')' { $$ = $3 & 0xFF; }
|
||||||
| string { $$ = str2int($1); }
|
| string { $$ = str2int($1); }
|
||||||
| T_OP_LOGICNOT const %prec NEG { $$ = !$2; }
|
| T_OP_LOGICNOT const %prec NEG { $$ = !$2; }
|
||||||
| const T_OP_LOGICOR const { $$ = $1 || $3; }
|
| const T_OP_LOGICOR const { $$ = $1 || $3; }
|
||||||
@@ -1255,19 +1264,38 @@ const : T_ID { $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
|
|||||||
| const T_OP_XOR const { $$ = $1 ^ $3; }
|
| const T_OP_XOR const { $$ = $1 ^ $3; }
|
||||||
| const T_OP_OR const { $$ = $1 | $3; }
|
| const T_OP_OR const { $$ = $1 | $3; }
|
||||||
| const T_OP_AND const { $$ = $1 & $3; }
|
| const T_OP_AND const { $$ = $1 & $3; }
|
||||||
| const T_OP_SHL const { $$ = $1 << $3; }
|
| const T_OP_SHL const
|
||||||
| const T_OP_SHR const { $$ = $1 >> $3; }
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ($1 < 0)
|
||||||
|
warning("Left shift of negative value: %d", $1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ($3 < 0)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", $3);
|
||||||
|
else if ($3 >= 32)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", $3);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$$ = $1 << $3;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
| const T_OP_SHR const
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ($3 < 0)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", $3);
|
||||||
|
else if ($3 >= 32)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", $3);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$$ = $1 >> $3;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
| const T_OP_MUL const { $$ = $1 * $3; }
|
| const T_OP_MUL const { $$ = $1 * $3; }
|
||||||
| const T_OP_DIV const
|
| const T_OP_DIV const
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if ($3 == 0)
|
if ($3 == 0)
|
||||||
fatalerror("division by zero");
|
fatalerror("Division by zero");
|
||||||
$$ = $1 / $3;
|
$$ = $1 / $3;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| const T_OP_MOD const
|
| const T_OP_MOD const
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if ($3 == 0)
|
if ($3 == 0)
|
||||||
fatalerror("division by zero");
|
fatalerror("Division by zero");
|
||||||
$$ = $1 % $3;
|
$$ = $1 % $3;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_OP_ADD const %prec NEG { $$ = +$2; }
|
| T_OP_ADD const %prec NEG { $$ = +$2; }
|
||||||
@@ -1311,26 +1339,37 @@ const : T_ID { $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
string : T_STRING
|
string : T_STRING
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
strcpy($$, $1);
|
if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s", $1) > MAXSTRLEN)
|
||||||
|
warning("String is too long '%s'", $1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_OP_STRSUB '(' string comma uconst comma uconst ')'
|
| T_OP_STRSUB '(' string comma uconst comma uconst ')'
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
strncpy($$, $3 + $5 - 1, $7);
|
uint32_t len = $7;
|
||||||
$$[$7] = 0;
|
if (len > MAXSTRLEN) {
|
||||||
|
warning("STRSUB: Length too big: %u", len);
|
||||||
|
len = MAXSTRLEN;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (snprintf($$, len + 1, "%s", $3 + $5 - 1) > MAXSTRLEN)
|
||||||
|
warning("STRSUB: String too long '%s'", $$);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_OP_STRCAT '(' string comma string ')'
|
| T_OP_STRCAT '(' string comma string ')'
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
strcpy($$, $3);
|
if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s%s", $3, $5) > MAXSTRLEN)
|
||||||
strcat($$, $5);
|
warning("STRCAT: String too long '%s%s'", $3, $5);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_OP_STRUPR '(' string ')'
|
| T_OP_STRUPR '(' string ')'
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
strcpy($$, $3);
|
if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s", $3) > MAXSTRLEN)
|
||||||
|
warning("STRUPR: String too long '%s'", $3);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
upperstring($$);
|
upperstring($$);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_OP_STRLWR '(' string ')'
|
| T_OP_STRLWR '(' string ')'
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
strcpy($$, $3);
|
if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s", $3) > MAXSTRLEN)
|
||||||
|
warning("STRUPR: String too long '%s'", $3);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
lowerstring($$);
|
lowerstring($$);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
@@ -1602,12 +1641,12 @@ z80_jp : T_Z80_JP const_16bit
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
;
|
;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
z80_jr : T_Z80_JR const_PCrel
|
z80_jr : T_Z80_JR const_16bit
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
out_AbsByte(0x18);
|
out_AbsByte(0x18);
|
||||||
out_PCRelByte(&$2);
|
out_PCRelByte(&$2);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_Z80_JR ccode comma const_PCrel
|
| T_Z80_JR ccode comma const_16bit
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
out_AbsByte(0x20 | ($2 << 3));
|
out_AbsByte(0x20 | ($2 << 3));
|
||||||
out_PCRelByte(&$4);
|
out_PCRelByte(&$4);
|
||||||
@@ -1716,7 +1755,8 @@ z80_ld_mem : T_Z80_LD op_mem_ind comma T_MODE_SP
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
| T_Z80_LD op_mem_ind comma T_MODE_A
|
| T_Z80_LD op_mem_ind comma T_MODE_A
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if ((!rpn_isReloc(&$2)) && ($2.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
|
if (CurrentOptions.optimizeloads &&
|
||||||
|
(!rpn_isReloc(&$2)) && ($2.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
|
||||||
out_AbsByte(0xE0);
|
out_AbsByte(0xE0);
|
||||||
out_AbsByte($2.nVal & 0xFF);
|
out_AbsByte($2.nVal & 0xFF);
|
||||||
} else {
|
} else {
|
||||||
@@ -1769,7 +1809,8 @@ z80_ld_a : T_Z80_LD reg_r comma T_MODE_C_IND
|
|||||||
| T_Z80_LD reg_r comma op_mem_ind
|
| T_Z80_LD reg_r comma op_mem_ind
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if ($2 == REG_A) {
|
if ($2 == REG_A) {
|
||||||
if ((!rpn_isReloc(&$4)) && ($4.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
|
if (CurrentOptions.optimizeloads &&
|
||||||
|
(!rpn_isReloc(&$4)) && ($4.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
|
||||||
out_AbsByte(0xF0);
|
out_AbsByte(0xF0);
|
||||||
out_AbsByte($4.nVal & 0xFF);
|
out_AbsByte($4.nVal & 0xFF);
|
||||||
} else {
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -87,6 +87,8 @@ static void pushcontext(void)
|
|||||||
(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockSize = nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
|
(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockSize = nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
|
||||||
(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockCount = nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
|
(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockCount = nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
nLineNo = 0;
|
nLineNo = 0;
|
||||||
@@ -152,6 +154,8 @@ static int32_t popcontext(void)
|
|||||||
nCurrentREPTBlockSize = pLastFile->nREPTBlockSize;
|
nCurrentREPTBlockSize = pLastFile->nREPTBlockSize;
|
||||||
nCurrentREPTBlockCount = pLastFile->nREPTBlockCount;
|
nCurrentREPTBlockCount = pLastFile->nREPTBlockCount;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
free(*ppLastFile);
|
free(*ppLastFile);
|
||||||
@@ -174,6 +178,8 @@ int32_t fstk_GetLine(void)
|
|||||||
return nLineNo; /* ??? */
|
return nLineNo; /* ??? */
|
||||||
case STAT_isREPTBlock:
|
case STAT_isREPTBlock:
|
||||||
break; /* Peek top file of the stack */
|
break; /* Peek top file of the stack */
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
pLastFile = pFileStack;
|
pLastFile = pFileStack;
|
||||||
@@ -257,8 +263,10 @@ FILE *fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
|
|||||||
* space had been available. Thus, a return value of `size` or
|
* space had been available. Thus, a return value of `size` or
|
||||||
* more means that the output was truncated.
|
* more means that the output was truncated.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
if (snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s%s", IncludePaths[i], fname)
|
int fullpathlen = snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s%s",
|
||||||
>= sizeof(path))
|
IncludePaths[i], fname);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fullpathlen >= (int)sizeof(path))
|
||||||
continue;
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
f = fopen(path, "rb");
|
f = fopen(path, "rb");
|
||||||
@@ -347,7 +355,7 @@ void fstk_RunMacroArg(int32_t s)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
pushcontext();
|
pushcontext();
|
||||||
nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacroArg;
|
nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacroArg;
|
||||||
sprintf(tzCurrentFileName, "%c", (uint8_t)s);
|
snprintf(tzCurrentFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%c", (uint8_t)s);
|
||||||
CurrentFlexHandle = yy_scan_bytes(sym, strlen(sym));
|
CurrentFlexHandle = yy_scan_bytes(sym, strlen(sym));
|
||||||
yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
|
yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -410,7 +418,7 @@ void fstk_Init(char *s)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
nMacroCount = 0;
|
nMacroCount = 0;
|
||||||
nCurrentStatus = STAT_isInclude;
|
nCurrentStatus = STAT_isInclude;
|
||||||
strcpy(tzCurrentFileName, tzFileName);
|
snprintf(tzCurrentFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%s", tzFileName);
|
||||||
CurrentFlexHandle = yy_create_buffer(pCurrentFile);
|
CurrentFlexHandle = yy_create_buffer(pCurrentFile);
|
||||||
yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
|
yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
|
||||||
nLineNo = 1;
|
nLineNo = 1;
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@
|
|||||||
#include "asm/symbol.h"
|
#include "asm/symbol.h"
|
||||||
#include "asm/symbol.h"
|
#include "asm/symbol.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "helpers.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "asmy.h"
|
#include "asmy.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
bool oDontExpandStrings;
|
bool oDontExpandStrings;
|
||||||
@@ -93,6 +95,9 @@ static int32_t ascii2bin(char *s)
|
|||||||
s += 1;
|
s += 1;
|
||||||
convertfunc = binary2bin;
|
convertfunc = binary2bin;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
/* Handle below */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (radix == 4) {
|
if (radix == 4) {
|
||||||
@@ -216,7 +221,7 @@ uint32_t PutMacroArg(char *src, uint32_t size)
|
|||||||
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint32_t PutUniqueArg(char *src, uint32_t size)
|
uint32_t PutUniqueArg(unused_ char *src, uint32_t size)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
char *s;
|
char *s;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -368,6 +373,7 @@ const struct sLexInitString lexer_strings[] = {
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
{"include", T_POP_INCLUDE},
|
{"include", T_POP_INCLUDE},
|
||||||
{"printt", T_POP_PRINTT},
|
{"printt", T_POP_PRINTT},
|
||||||
|
{"printi", T_POP_PRINTI},
|
||||||
{"printv", T_POP_PRINTV},
|
{"printv", T_POP_PRINTV},
|
||||||
{"printf", T_POP_PRINTF},
|
{"printf", T_POP_PRINTF},
|
||||||
{"export", T_POP_EXPORT},
|
{"export", T_POP_EXPORT},
|
||||||
@@ -578,7 +584,7 @@ void setup_lexer(void)
|
|||||||
lex_FloatAddRange(id, '@', '@');
|
lex_FloatAddRange(id, '@', '@');
|
||||||
lex_FloatAddRange(id, '#', '#');
|
lex_FloatAddRange(id, '#', '#');
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@ID
|
// "@"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
|
id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
|
||||||
lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '@', '@');
|
lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '@', '@');
|
||||||
|
|||||||
112
src/asm/lexer.c
112
src/asm/lexer.c
@@ -159,6 +159,8 @@ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE *f)
|
|||||||
pBuffer->pBuffer[size + 1] = 0;
|
pBuffer->pBuffer[size + 1] = 0;
|
||||||
pBuffer->nBufferSize = size + 1;
|
pBuffer->nBufferSize = size + 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Convert all line endings to LF and spaces */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
char *mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
|
char *mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
|
||||||
uint32_t instring = 0;
|
uint32_t instring = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -171,20 +173,44 @@ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE *f)
|
|||||||
} else if (instring) {
|
} else if (instring) {
|
||||||
mem += 1;
|
mem += 1;
|
||||||
} else {
|
} else {
|
||||||
if ((mem[0] == 10 && mem[1] == 13)
|
/* LF CR and CR LF */
|
||||||
|| (mem[0] == 13 && mem[1] == 10)) {
|
if (((mem[0] == 10) && (mem[1] == 13))
|
||||||
|
|| ((mem[0] == 13) && (mem[1] == 10))) {
|
||||||
mem[0] = ' ';
|
mem[0] = ' ';
|
||||||
mem[1] = '\n';
|
mem[1] = '\n';
|
||||||
mem += 2;
|
mem += 2;
|
||||||
} else if (mem[0] == 10 || mem[0] == 13) {
|
/* LF and CR */
|
||||||
|
} else if ((mem[0] == 10) || (mem[0] == 13)) {
|
||||||
mem[0] = '\n';
|
mem[0] = '\n';
|
||||||
mem += 1;
|
mem += 1;
|
||||||
} else if (mem[0] == '\n' && mem[1] == '*') {
|
} else {
|
||||||
mem += 1;
|
mem += 1;
|
||||||
while (!(*mem == '\n' || *mem == '\0'))
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Remove comments */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
instring = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (*mem) {
|
||||||
|
if (*mem == '\"')
|
||||||
|
instring = 1 - instring;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ((mem[0] == '\\') && (mem[1] == '\"' || mem[1] == '\\')) {
|
||||||
|
mem += 2;
|
||||||
|
} else if (instring) {
|
||||||
|
mem += 1;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
/* Comments that start with ; anywhere in a line */
|
||||||
|
if (*mem == ';') {
|
||||||
|
while (!((*mem == '\n') || (*mem == '\0')))
|
||||||
*mem++ = ' ';
|
*mem++ = ' ';
|
||||||
} else if (*mem == ';') {
|
/* Comments that start with * at the start of a line */
|
||||||
while (!(*mem == '\n' || *mem == '\0'))
|
} else if ((mem[0] == '\n') && (mem[1] == '*')) {
|
||||||
|
mem += 1;
|
||||||
|
while (!((*mem == '\n') || (*mem == '\0')))
|
||||||
*mem++ = ' ';
|
*mem++ = ' ';
|
||||||
} else {
|
} else {
|
||||||
mem += 1;
|
mem += 1;
|
||||||
@@ -388,7 +414,7 @@ void yylex_GetFloatMaskAndFloatLen(uint32_t *pnFloatMask, uint32_t *pnFloatLen)
|
|||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Gets the longest keyword/operator from the current position in the buffer.
|
* Gets the longest keyword/operator from the current position in the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
struct sLexString *yylex_GetLongestFixed()
|
struct sLexString *yylex_GetLongestFixed(void)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
struct sLexString *pLongestFixed = NULL;
|
struct sLexString *pLongestFixed = NULL;
|
||||||
char *s = pLexBuffer;
|
char *s = pLexBuffer;
|
||||||
@@ -612,6 +638,43 @@ scanagain:
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Check for line continuation character */
|
||||||
|
if (*pLexBuffer == '\\') {
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Look for line continuation character after a series of
|
||||||
|
* spaces. This is also useful for files that use Windows line
|
||||||
|
* endings: "\r\n" is replaced by " \n" before the lexer has the
|
||||||
|
* opportunity to see it.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
if (pLexBuffer[1] == ' ') {
|
||||||
|
pLexBuffer += 2;
|
||||||
|
while (1) {
|
||||||
|
if (*pLexBuffer == ' ') {
|
||||||
|
pLexBuffer++;
|
||||||
|
} else if (*pLexBuffer == '\n') {
|
||||||
|
pLexBuffer++;
|
||||||
|
nLineNo += 1;
|
||||||
|
goto scanagain;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Expected a new line after the continuation character.");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Line continuation character */
|
||||||
|
if (pLexBuffer[1] == '\n') {
|
||||||
|
pLexBuffer += 2;
|
||||||
|
nLineNo += 1;
|
||||||
|
goto scanagain;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* If there isn't a newline character or a space, ignore the
|
||||||
|
* character '\'. It will eventually be handled by other
|
||||||
|
* functions like PutMacroArg().
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Try to match an identifier, macro argument (e.g. \1),
|
* Try to match an identifier, macro argument (e.g. \1),
|
||||||
* or numeric literal.
|
* or numeric literal.
|
||||||
@@ -699,6 +762,9 @@ static uint32_t yylex_MACROARGS(void)
|
|||||||
case '\\':
|
case '\\':
|
||||||
ch = '\\';
|
ch = '\\';
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case '"':
|
||||||
|
ch = '\"';
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
case ',':
|
case ',':
|
||||||
ch = ',';
|
ch = ',';
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
@@ -708,6 +774,32 @@ static uint32_t yylex_MACROARGS(void)
|
|||||||
case '}':
|
case '}':
|
||||||
ch = '}';
|
ch = '}';
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case ' ':
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Look for line continuation character after a
|
||||||
|
* series of spaces. This is also useful for
|
||||||
|
* files that use Windows line endings: "\r\n"
|
||||||
|
* is replaced by " \n" before the lexer has the
|
||||||
|
* opportunity to see it.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
while (1) {
|
||||||
|
if (*pLexBuffer == ' ') {
|
||||||
|
pLexBuffer++;
|
||||||
|
} else if (*pLexBuffer == '\n') {
|
||||||
|
pLexBuffer++;
|
||||||
|
nLineNo += 1;
|
||||||
|
ch = 0;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Expected a new line after the continuation character.");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case '\n':
|
||||||
|
/* Line continuation character */
|
||||||
|
nLineNo += 1;
|
||||||
|
ch = 0;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
default:
|
default:
|
||||||
maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
|
maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
|
||||||
length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index],
|
length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index],
|
||||||
@@ -758,7 +850,7 @@ uint32_t yylex(void)
|
|||||||
return yylex_NORMAL();
|
return yylex_NORMAL();
|
||||||
case LEX_STATE_MACROARGS:
|
case LEX_STATE_MACROARGS:
|
||||||
return yylex_MACROARGS();
|
return yylex_MACROARGS();
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fatalerror("Internal error in %s", __func__);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
|
|||||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <float.h>
|
||||||
#include <math.h>
|
#include <math.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "extern/err.h"
|
#include "extern/err.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "helpers.h"
|
||||||
#include "version.h"
|
#include "version.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extern int yyparse(void);
|
extern int yyparse(void);
|
||||||
@@ -147,10 +149,13 @@ void opt_Parse(char *s)
|
|||||||
case 'z':
|
case 'z':
|
||||||
if (strlen(&s[1]) <= 2) {
|
if (strlen(&s[1]) <= 2) {
|
||||||
int32_t result;
|
int32_t result;
|
||||||
|
unsigned int fillchar;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
result = sscanf(&s[1], "%x", &newopt.fillchar);
|
result = sscanf(&s[1], "%x", &fillchar);
|
||||||
if (!((result == EOF) || (result == 1)))
|
if (!((result == EOF) || (result == 1)))
|
||||||
errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
|
errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newopt.fillchar = fillchar;
|
||||||
} else {
|
} else {
|
||||||
errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
|
errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -222,7 +227,7 @@ void opt_AddDefine(char *s)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
static void opt_ParseDefines(void)
|
static void opt_ParseDefines(void)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int32_t i;
|
uint32_t i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < cldefines_index; i += 2)
|
for (i = 0; i < cldefines_index; i += 2)
|
||||||
sym_AddString(cldefines[i], cldefines[i + 1]);
|
sym_AddString(cldefines[i], cldefines[i + 1]);
|
||||||
@@ -235,7 +240,7 @@ void verror(const char *fmt, va_list args)
|
|||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ");
|
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ");
|
||||||
fstk_Dump();
|
fstk_Dump();
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
|
fprintf(stderr, ":\n ");
|
||||||
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
|
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
||||||
nErrors += 1;
|
nErrors += 1;
|
||||||
@@ -250,7 +255,7 @@ void yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|||||||
va_end(args);
|
va_end(args);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
|
noreturn_ void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
va_list args;
|
va_list args;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -272,7 +277,7 @@ void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "warning: ");
|
fprintf(stderr, "warning: ");
|
||||||
fstk_Dump();
|
fstk_Dump();
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
|
fprintf(stderr, ":\n ");
|
||||||
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
|
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -282,7 +287,7 @@ void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|||||||
static void print_usage(void)
|
static void print_usage(void)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
printf(
|
printf(
|
||||||
"usage: rgbasm [-EhVvw] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
|
"usage: rgbasm [-EhLVvw] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
|
||||||
" [-M dependfile] [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] file.asm\n");
|
" [-M dependfile] [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] file.asm\n");
|
||||||
exit(1);
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -316,17 +321,18 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
DefaultOptions.gbgfx[3] = '3';
|
DefaultOptions.gbgfx[3] = '3';
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.binary[0] = '0';
|
DefaultOptions.binary[0] = '0';
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.binary[1] = '1';
|
DefaultOptions.binary[1] = '1';
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
|
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
|
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
|
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.exportall = false;
|
DefaultOptions.exportall = false;
|
||||||
|
DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
|
||||||
|
DefaultOptions.optimizeloads = true;
|
||||||
|
DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
|
||||||
|
DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
|
||||||
DefaultOptions.warnings = true;
|
DefaultOptions.warnings = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
|
opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
newopt = CurrentOptions;
|
newopt = CurrentOptions;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:g:hi:M:o:p:EVvw")) != -1) {
|
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:Eg:hi:LM:o:p:Vvw")) != -1) {
|
||||||
switch (ch) {
|
switch (ch) {
|
||||||
case 'b':
|
case 'b':
|
||||||
if (strlen(optarg) == 2) {
|
if (strlen(optarg) == 2) {
|
||||||
@@ -358,6 +364,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
case 'i':
|
case 'i':
|
||||||
fstk_AddIncludePath(optarg);
|
fstk_AddIncludePath(optarg);
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 'L':
|
||||||
|
newopt.optimizeloads = false;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
case 'M':
|
case 'M':
|
||||||
dependfile = fopen(optarg, "w");
|
dependfile = fopen(optarg, "w");
|
||||||
if (dependfile == NULL)
|
if (dependfile == NULL)
|
||||||
@@ -476,7 +485,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
|
if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
|
||||||
printf("Success! %u lines in %d.%02d seconds ", nTotalLines,
|
printf("Success! %u lines in %d.%02d seconds ", nTotalLines,
|
||||||
(int)timespent, ((int)(timespent * 100.0)) % 100);
|
(int)timespent, ((int)(timespent * 100.0)) % 100);
|
||||||
if (timespent == 0)
|
if (timespent < FLT_MIN_EXP)
|
||||||
printf("(INFINITY lines/minute)\n");
|
printf("(INFINITY lines/minute)\n");
|
||||||
else
|
else
|
||||||
printf("(%d lines/minute)\n",
|
printf("(%d lines/minute)\n",
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ void out_SetFileName(char *s)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Find a section by name and type. If it doesn't exist, create it
|
* Find a section by name and type. If it doesn't exist, create it
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
struct Section *out_FindSection(char *pzName, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
|
struct Section *out_FindSection(char *pzName, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
|
||||||
int32_t bank, int32_t alignment)
|
int32_t bank, int32_t alignment)
|
||||||
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ void out_String(char *s)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Output a relocatable byte. Checking will be done to see if it
|
* Output a relocatable byte. Checking will be done to see if it
|
||||||
* is an absolute value in disguise.
|
* is an absolute value in disguise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void out_RelByte(struct Expression *expr)
|
void out_RelByte(struct Expression *expr)
|
||||||
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ void out_AbsWord(int32_t b)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Output a relocatable word. Checking will be done to see if
|
* Output a relocatable word. Checking will be done to see if
|
||||||
* it's an absolute value in disguise.
|
* it's an absolute value in disguise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void out_RelWord(struct Expression *expr)
|
void out_RelWord(struct Expression *expr)
|
||||||
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ void out_AbsLong(int32_t b)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Output a relocatable longword. Checking will be done to see if
|
* Output a relocatable longword. Checking will be done to see if
|
||||||
* is an absolute value in disguise.
|
* is an absolute value in disguise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void out_RelLong(struct Expression *expr)
|
void out_RelLong(struct Expression *expr)
|
||||||
@@ -875,19 +875,23 @@ void out_RelLong(struct Expression *expr)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Output a PC-relative byte
|
* Output a PC-relative relocatable byte. Checking will be done to see if it
|
||||||
|
* is an absolute value in disguise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void out_PCRelByte(struct Expression *expr)
|
void out_PCRelByte(struct Expression *expr)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int32_t b = expr->nVal;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkcodesection();
|
checkcodesection();
|
||||||
checksectionoverflow(1);
|
checksectionoverflow(1);
|
||||||
b = (b & 0xFFFF) - (nPC + 1);
|
|
||||||
if (nPass == 2 && (b < -128 || b > 127))
|
|
||||||
yyerror("PC-relative value must be 8-bit");
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
out_AbsByte(b);
|
/* Always let the linker calculate the offset. */
|
||||||
|
if (nPass == 2) {
|
||||||
|
pCurrentSection->tData[nPC] = 0;
|
||||||
|
createpatch(PATCH_BYTE_JR, expr);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
pCurrentSection->nPC += 1;
|
||||||
|
nPC += 1;
|
||||||
|
pPCSymbol->nValue += 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
rpn_Reset(expr);
|
rpn_Reset(expr);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
|||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.Dd January 26, 2018
|
.Dd February 24, 2018
|
||||||
.Dt RGBASM 1
|
.Dt RGBASM 1
|
||||||
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
||||||
.Sh NAME
|
.Sh NAME
|
||||||
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
|
|||||||
.Nd Game Boy assembler
|
.Nd Game Boy assembler
|
||||||
.Sh SYNOPSIS
|
.Sh SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.Nm rgbasm
|
.Nm rgbasm
|
||||||
.Op Fl EhVvw
|
.Op Fl EhLVvw
|
||||||
.Op Fl b Ar chars
|
.Op Fl b Ar chars
|
||||||
.Op Fl D Ar name Ns Op = Ns Ar value
|
.Op Fl D Ar name Ns Op = Ns Ar value
|
||||||
.Op Fl g Ar chars
|
.Op Fl g Ar chars
|
||||||
@@ -55,6 +55,12 @@ The
|
|||||||
option disables this behavior.
|
option disables this behavior.
|
||||||
.It Fl i Ar path
|
.It Fl i Ar path
|
||||||
Add an include path.
|
Add an include path.
|
||||||
|
.It Fl L
|
||||||
|
Disable the optimization that turns loads of the form
|
||||||
|
.Sy LD [$FF00+n8],A
|
||||||
|
into the opcode
|
||||||
|
.Sy LDH [$FF00+n8],A
|
||||||
|
in order to have full control of the result in the final ROM.
|
||||||
.It Fl M Ar dependfile
|
.It Fl M Ar dependfile
|
||||||
Print
|
Print
|
||||||
.Xr make 1
|
.Xr make 1
|
||||||
@@ -75,7 +81,9 @@ Disable warning output.
|
|||||||
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
||||||
Assembling a basic source file is simple:
|
Assembling a basic source file is simple:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.D1 $ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image \(em it must first be
|
The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image \(em it must first be
|
||||||
run through
|
run through
|
||||||
|
|||||||
178
src/asm/rgbasm.5
178
src/asm/rgbasm.5
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
|||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.Dd January 27, 2018
|
.Dd March 13, 2018
|
||||||
.Dt RGBASM 5
|
.Dt RGBASM 5
|
||||||
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
||||||
.Sh NAME
|
.Sh NAME
|
||||||
@@ -26,16 +26,46 @@ one instruction or pseudo‐op per line:
|
|||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Example:
|
Example:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl John: ld a,87 ;Weee
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
John: ld a,87 ;Weee
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are case‐insensitive
|
All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are case‐insensitive
|
||||||
and all labels are case‐sensitive.
|
and all labels are case‐sensitive.
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
There are two syntaxes for comments. In both cases, a comment ends at the end of
|
||||||
|
the line. The most common one is: anything that follows a semicolon
|
||||||
|
\[dq]\&;\[dq] (that isn't inside a string) is a comment. There is another
|
||||||
|
format: anything that follows a \[dq]*\[dq] that is placed right at the start of
|
||||||
|
a line is a comment. The assembler removes all comments from the code before
|
||||||
|
doing anything else.
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
Sometimes lines can be too long and it may be necessary to split them. The
|
||||||
|
syntax to do so is the following one:
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
DB 1, 2, 3, 4 \[rs]
|
||||||
|
5, 6, 7, 8
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
This works anywhere in the code except inside of strings. To split strings it is
|
||||||
|
needed to use
|
||||||
|
.Sy STRCAT
|
||||||
|
like this:
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
DB STRCAT("Hello ", \[rs]
|
||||||
|
"world!")
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Ss Sections
|
.Ss Sections
|
||||||
Before you can start writing code, you must define a section.
|
Before you can start writing code, you must define a section.
|
||||||
This tells the assembler what kind of information follows and, if it is code,
|
This tells the assembler what kind of information follows and, if it is code,
|
||||||
where to put it.
|
where to put it.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
This switches to the section called "CoolStuff" (or creates it if it doesn't
|
This switches to the section called "CoolStuff" (or creates it if it doesn't
|
||||||
already exist) and it defines it as a code section.
|
already exist) and it defines it as a code section.
|
||||||
@@ -104,7 +134,13 @@ and
|
|||||||
.Sy LDH A,[$FF00+n8]
|
.Sy LDH A,[$FF00+n8]
|
||||||
syntax instead.
|
syntax instead.
|
||||||
This forces the assembler to emit the correct instruction and the linker to
|
This forces the assembler to emit the correct instruction and the linker to
|
||||||
check if the value is in the correct range.
|
check if the value is in the correct range. This optimization can be disabled
|
||||||
|
by passing the
|
||||||
|
.Fl L
|
||||||
|
flag to
|
||||||
|
.Sy rgbasm
|
||||||
|
as explained in
|
||||||
|
.Xr rgbasm 1 .
|
||||||
.El
|
.El
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
A section is usually defined as a floating one, but the code can restrict where
|
A section is usually defined as a floating one, but the code can restrict where
|
||||||
@@ -116,22 +152,30 @@ obligation to follow any specific rules.
|
|||||||
The following example defines a section that can be placed anywhere in any ROMX
|
The following example defines a section that can be placed anywhere in any ROMX
|
||||||
bank:
|
bank:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
If it is needed, the following syntax can be used to fix the base address of the
|
If it is needed, the following syntax can be used to fix the base address of the
|
||||||
section:
|
section:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
It won't, however, fix the bank number, which is left to the linker.
|
It won't, however, fix the bank number, which is left to the linker.
|
||||||
If you also want to specify the bank you can do:
|
If you also want to specify the bank you can do:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's
|
And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's
|
||||||
position within the bank, that's also possible:
|
position within the bank, that's also possible:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX,BANK[7]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX,BANK[7]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section.
|
In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section.
|
||||||
This ensures that the section starts at a memory address where the given number
|
This ensures that the section starts at a memory address where the given number
|
||||||
@@ -143,9 +187,11 @@ However, if an alignment is specified, the base address must be left unassigned.
|
|||||||
This can be useful when using DMA to copy data or when it is needed to align the
|
This can be useful when using DMA to copy data or when it is needed to align the
|
||||||
start of an array to 256 bytes to optimize the code that accesses it.
|
start of an array to 256 bytes to optimize the code that accesses it.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]OAM Data\[dq],WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
.Pp
|
SECTION \[dq]OAM Data\[dq],WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
|
||||||
.Dl SECTION \[dq]VRAM Data\[dq],ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
|
|
||||||
|
SECTION \[dq]VRAM Data\[dq],ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
HINT: If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple
|
HINT: If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple
|
||||||
.Ic ORG
|
.Ic ORG
|
||||||
@@ -243,8 +289,10 @@ EQUates are constant symbols.
|
|||||||
They can, for example, be used for things such as bit-definitions of hardware
|
They can, for example, be used for things such as bit-definitions of hardware
|
||||||
registers.
|
registers.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl EXIT_OK EQU $00
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
.Dl EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
|
EXIT_OK EQU $00
|
||||||
|
EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
|
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
|
||||||
EQUates cannot be exported and imported.
|
EQUates cannot be exported and imported.
|
||||||
@@ -266,7 +314,9 @@ Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
|
|||||||
SETs cannot be exported and imported.
|
SETs cannot be exported and imported.
|
||||||
Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for SET.
|
Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for SET.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl COUNT = 2
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
COUNT = 2
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.It Sy RSSET , RSRESET , RB , RW
|
.It Sy RSSET , RSRESET , RB , RW
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
@@ -318,10 +368,10 @@ If you are familiar with C you can think of it as the same as #define.
|
|||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
|
COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
|
||||||
ld a,COUNTREG
|
ld a,COUNTREG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PLAYER_NAME EQUS \[dq]\[rs]\[dq]John\[rs]\[dq]\[dq]
|
PLAYER_NAME EQUS \[dq]\[rs]\[dq]John\[rs]\[dq]\[dq]
|
||||||
db PLAYER_NAME
|
db PLAYER_NAME
|
||||||
.Ed
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Note that : following the label-name is not allowed, and that strings must be
|
Note that : following the label-name is not allowed, and that strings must be
|
||||||
@@ -329,12 +379,16 @@ quoted to be useful.
|
|||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
This will be interpreted as:
|
This will be interpreted as:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl ld a,[hl+]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
.Dl db \[dq]John\[dq]
|
ld a,[hl+]
|
||||||
|
db \[dq]John\[dq]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:
|
String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl PUSHA EQUS \[dq]push af\[rs]npush bc\[rs]npush de\[rs]npush hl\[rs]n\[dq]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
PUSHA EQUS \[dq]push af\[rs]npush bc\[rs]npush de\[rs]npush hl\[rs]n\[dq]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
|
Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
|
||||||
String equates can't be exported or imported.
|
String equates can't be exported or imported.
|
||||||
@@ -447,7 +501,9 @@ Now I can call the macro specifying two arguments.
|
|||||||
The first being the address and the second being a bytecount.
|
The first being the address and the second being a bytecount.
|
||||||
The macro will then reset all bytes in this range.
|
The macro will then reset all bytes in this range.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl LoopyMacro MyVars,54
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
LoopyMacro MyVars,54
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Arguments are passed as string equates.
|
Arguments are passed as string equates.
|
||||||
There's no need to enclose them in quotes.
|
There's no need to enclose them in quotes.
|
||||||
@@ -467,6 +523,19 @@ In reality, up to 256 arguments can be passed to a macro, but you can only use
|
|||||||
the first 9 like this. If you want to use the rest, you need to use the keyword
|
the first 9 like this. If you want to use the rest, you need to use the keyword
|
||||||
.Ic SHIFT .
|
.Ic SHIFT .
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
Line continuations work as usual inside macros or lists of arguments of macros.
|
||||||
|
Strings, however, are a bit trickier. The following example shows how to use
|
||||||
|
strings as arguments for a macro:
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
PrintMacro : MACRO
|
||||||
|
PRINTT \[rs]1
|
||||||
|
ENDM
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PrintMacro STRCAT(\[rs]\[dq]Hello\[rs]\[dq]\[rs], \[rs]
|
||||||
|
\[rs]\[dq] world\[rs]\[rs]n\[rs]\[dq])
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Ic SHIFT
|
.Ic SHIFT
|
||||||
is a special command only available in macros.
|
is a special command only available in macros.
|
||||||
Very useful in REPT-blocks.
|
Very useful in REPT-blocks.
|
||||||
@@ -553,7 +622,9 @@ The following symbols are defined by the assembler:
|
|||||||
defines a list of bytes that will be stored in the final image.
|
defines a list of bytes that will be stored in the final image.
|
||||||
Ideal for tables and text (which is not zero-terminated).
|
Ideal for tables and text (which is not zero-terminated).
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl DB 1,2,3,4,\[dq]This is a string\[dq]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
DB 1,2,3,4,\[dq]This is a string\[dq]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Alternatively, you can use
|
Alternatively, you can use
|
||||||
.Ic DW
|
.Ic DW
|
||||||
@@ -597,7 +668,9 @@ and
|
|||||||
.Ic DL
|
.Ic DL
|
||||||
without any arguments instead.
|
without any arguments instead.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Ss Including binary files
|
.Ss Including binary files
|
||||||
You probably have some graphics you'd like to include.
|
You probably have some graphics you'd like to include.
|
||||||
@@ -607,15 +680,19 @@ to include a raw binary file as it is.
|
|||||||
If the file isn't found in the current directory, the include-path list passed
|
If the file isn't found in the current directory, the include-path list passed
|
||||||
to the linker on the command line will be searched.
|
to the linker on the command line will be searched.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl INCBIN \[dq]titlepic.bin\[dq]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
.Dl INCBIN \[dq]sprites/hero.bin\[dq]\ ; UNIX
|
INCBIN \[dq]titlepic.bin\[dq]
|
||||||
.Dl INCBIN \[dq]sprites\[rs]\[rs]hero.bin\[dq]\ ; Windows
|
INCBIN \[dq]sprites/hero.bin\[dq]\ ; UNIX
|
||||||
|
INCBIN \[dq]sprites\[rs]\[rs]hero.bin\[dq]\ ; Windows
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
You can also include only part of a file with
|
You can also include only part of a file with
|
||||||
.Ic INCBIN .
|
.Ic INCBIN .
|
||||||
The example below includes 256 bytes from data.bin starting from byte 78.
|
The example below includes 256 bytes from data.bin starting from byte 78.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl INCBIN \[dq]data.bin\[dq],78,256
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
INCBIN \[dq]data.bin\[dq],78,256
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Ss Unions
|
.Ss Unions
|
||||||
Unions allow multiple memory allocations to share the same space in memory,
|
Unions allow multiple memory allocations to share the same space in memory,
|
||||||
like unions in C.
|
like unions in C.
|
||||||
@@ -660,16 +737,19 @@ some important information.
|
|||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
PRINTT \[dq]I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\[rs]n\[dq]
|
PRINTT \[dq]I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\[rs]n\[dq]
|
||||||
PRINTV (2+3)/5
|
PRINTI (2 + 3) / 5
|
||||||
PRINTF MUL(3.14,3987.0)
|
PRINTV $FF00 + $F0
|
||||||
|
PRINTF MUL(3.14, 3987.0)
|
||||||
.Ed
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Bl -inset
|
.Bl -inset
|
||||||
.It Ic PRINTT
|
.It Ic PRINTT
|
||||||
prints out a string.
|
prints out a string.
|
||||||
.It Ic PRINTV
|
.It Ic PRINTV
|
||||||
prints out an integer value or, as in the example, the result of a calculation.
|
prints out an integer value in hexadecimal or, as in the example, the result of
|
||||||
Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant symbols value.
|
a calculation. Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant symbols value.
|
||||||
|
.It Ic PRINTI
|
||||||
|
prints out a signed integer value.
|
||||||
.It Ic PRINTF
|
.It Ic PRINTF
|
||||||
prints out a fixed point value.
|
prints out a fixed point value.
|
||||||
.El
|
.El
|
||||||
@@ -740,7 +820,9 @@ You may nest
|
|||||||
.Ic INCLUDE
|
.Ic INCLUDE
|
||||||
calls infinitely (or until you run out of memory, whichever comes first).
|
calls infinitely (or until you run out of memory, whichever comes first).
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl INCLUDE \[dq]irq.inc\[dq]
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
INCLUDE \[dq]irq.inc\[dq]
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Ss Conditional assembling
|
.Ss Conditional assembling
|
||||||
The four commands
|
The four commands
|
||||||
@@ -816,7 +898,9 @@ The last one, Gameboy graphics, is quite interesting and useful.
|
|||||||
The values are actually pixel values and it converts the
|
The values are actually pixel values and it converts the
|
||||||
.Do chunky Dc data to Do planar Dc data as used in the Gameboy.
|
.Do chunky Dc data to Do planar Dc data as used in the Gameboy.
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl DW \`01012323
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
DW \`01012323
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
Admittedly, an expression with just a single number is quite boring.
|
Admittedly, an expression with just a single number is quite boring.
|
||||||
To spice things up a bit there are a few operators you can use to perform
|
To spice things up a bit there are a few operators you can use to perform
|
||||||
@@ -957,6 +1041,34 @@ new string.
|
|||||||
the new string.
|
the new string.
|
||||||
.El
|
.El
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Ss Character maps
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
When writing text that is meant to be displayed in the Game Boy, the ASCII
|
||||||
|
characters used in the source code may not be the same ones used in the tileset
|
||||||
|
used in the ROM.
|
||||||
|
For example, the tiles used for uppercase letters may be placed starting at tile
|
||||||
|
index 128, which makes it difficult to add text strings to the ROM.
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
Character maps allow the code to map strings up to 16 characters long to an
|
||||||
|
abitrary 8-bit value:
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
|
CHARMAP "<LF>", 10
|
||||||
|
CHARMAP "í", 20
|
||||||
|
CHARMAP "A", 128
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Sy Note:
|
||||||
|
Character maps affect all strings in the file from the point in which they are
|
||||||
|
defined.
|
||||||
|
This means that any string that the code may want to print as debug information
|
||||||
|
will also be affected by it.
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Sy Note:
|
||||||
|
The output value of a mapping can be 0.
|
||||||
|
If this happens, the assembler will treat this as the end of the string and the
|
||||||
|
rest of it will be trimmed.
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Ss Other functions
|
.Ss Other functions
|
||||||
There are a few other functions that do various useful things:
|
There are a few other functions that do various useful things:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
@@ -1039,6 +1151,7 @@ machine.
|
|||||||
.It Sx ATAN
|
.It Sx ATAN
|
||||||
.It Sx ATAN2
|
.It Sx ATAN2
|
||||||
.It Sx BANK
|
.It Sx BANK
|
||||||
|
.It Sx CHARMAP
|
||||||
.It Sx COS
|
.It Sx COS
|
||||||
.It Sx DB
|
.It Sx DB
|
||||||
.It Sx DEF
|
.It Sx DEF
|
||||||
@@ -1068,6 +1181,7 @@ machine.
|
|||||||
.It Sx POPO
|
.It Sx POPO
|
||||||
.It Sx POPS
|
.It Sx POPS
|
||||||
.It Sx PRINTF
|
.It Sx PRINTF
|
||||||
|
.It Sx PRINTI
|
||||||
.It Sx PRINTT
|
.It Sx PRINTT
|
||||||
.It Sx PRINTV
|
.It Sx PRINTV
|
||||||
.It Sx PURGE
|
.It Sx PURGE
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -330,6 +330,15 @@ void rpn_SHL(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
|
|||||||
const struct Expression *src2)
|
const struct Expression *src2)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
joinexpr();
|
joinexpr();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (src1->nVal < 0)
|
||||||
|
warning("Left shift of negative value: %d", src1->nVal);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (src2->nVal < 0)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", src2->nVal);
|
||||||
|
else if (src2->nVal >= 32)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", src2->nVal);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal << src2->nVal);
|
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal << src2->nVal);
|
||||||
pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHL);
|
pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHL);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -338,6 +347,11 @@ void rpn_SHR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
|
|||||||
const struct Expression *src2)
|
const struct Expression *src2)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
joinexpr();
|
joinexpr();
|
||||||
|
if (src2->nVal < 0)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", src2->nVal);
|
||||||
|
else if (src2->nVal >= 32)
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", src2->nVal);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal >> src2->nVal);
|
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal >> src2->nVal);
|
||||||
pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHR);
|
pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHR);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -355,7 +369,7 @@ void rpn_DIV(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
|
|||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
joinexpr();
|
joinexpr();
|
||||||
if (src2->nVal == 0)
|
if (src2->nVal == 0)
|
||||||
fatalerror("division by zero");
|
fatalerror("Division by zero");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal / src2->nVal);
|
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal / src2->nVal);
|
||||||
pushbyte(expr, RPN_DIV);
|
pushbyte(expr, RPN_DIV);
|
||||||
@@ -366,7 +380,7 @@ void rpn_MOD(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
|
|||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
joinexpr();
|
joinexpr();
|
||||||
if (src2->nVal == 0)
|
if (src2->nVal == 0)
|
||||||
fatalerror("division by zero");
|
fatalerror("Division by zero");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal % src2->nVal);
|
expr->nVal = (expr->nVal % src2->nVal);
|
||||||
pushbyte(expr, RPN_MOD);
|
pushbyte(expr, RPN_MOD);
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "extern/err.h"
|
#include "extern/err.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "helpers.h"
|
||||||
#include "version.h"
|
#include "version.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
struct sSymbol *tHashedSymbols[HASHSIZE];
|
struct sSymbol *tHashedSymbols[HASHSIZE];
|
||||||
@@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ static char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL[256];
|
|||||||
static char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC[256];
|
static char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC[256];
|
||||||
static char SavedDAY[3];
|
static char SavedDAY[3];
|
||||||
static char SavedMONTH[3];
|
static char SavedMONTH[3];
|
||||||
static char SavedYEAR[5];
|
static char SavedYEAR[20];
|
||||||
static char SavedHOUR[3];
|
static char SavedHOUR[3];
|
||||||
static char SavedMINUTE[3];
|
static char SavedMINUTE[3];
|
||||||
static char SavedSECOND[3];
|
static char SavedSECOND[3];
|
||||||
@@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ void helper_RemoveLeadingZeros(char *string)
|
|||||||
memmove(string, new_beginning, strlen(new_beginning) + 1);
|
memmove(string, new_beginning, strlen(new_beginning) + 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int32_t Callback_NARG(struct sSymbol *sym)
|
int32_t Callback_NARG(unused_ struct sSymbol *sym)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
uint32_t i = 0;
|
uint32_t i = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ int32_t Callback_NARG(struct sSymbol *sym)
|
|||||||
return i;
|
return i;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int32_t Callback__LINE__(struct sSymbol __attribute__((unused)) *sym)
|
int32_t Callback__LINE__(unused_ struct sSymbol *sym)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
return nLineNo;
|
return nLineNo;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -122,7 +123,9 @@ struct sSymbol *createsymbol(char *s)
|
|||||||
return NULL;
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
strcpy((*ppsym)->tzName, s);
|
if (snprintf((*ppsym)->tzName, MAXSYMLEN + 1, "%s", s) > MAXSYMLEN)
|
||||||
|
warning("Symbol name is too long: '%s'", s);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*ppsym)->nValue = 0;
|
(*ppsym)->nValue = 0;
|
||||||
(*ppsym)->nType = 0;
|
(*ppsym)->nType = 0;
|
||||||
(*ppsym)->pScope = NULL;
|
(*ppsym)->pScope = NULL;
|
||||||
@@ -130,7 +133,13 @@ struct sSymbol *createsymbol(char *s)
|
|||||||
(*ppsym)->pMacro = NULL;
|
(*ppsym)->pMacro = NULL;
|
||||||
(*ppsym)->pSection = NULL;
|
(*ppsym)->pSection = NULL;
|
||||||
(*ppsym)->Callback = NULL;
|
(*ppsym)->Callback = NULL;
|
||||||
strcpy((*ppsym)->tzFileName, tzCurrentFileName);
|
|
||||||
|
if (snprintf((*ppsym)->tzFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%s",
|
||||||
|
tzCurrentFileName) > _MAX_PATH) {
|
||||||
|
fatalerror("%s: File name is too long: '%s'", __func__,
|
||||||
|
tzCurrentFileName);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*ppsym)->nFileLine = fstk_GetLine();
|
(*ppsym)->nFileLine = fstk_GetLine();
|
||||||
return *ppsym;
|
return *ppsym;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -509,7 +518,7 @@ void sym_SetMacroArgID(uint32_t nMacroCount)
|
|||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
char s[256];
|
char s[256];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sprintf(s, "_%u", nMacroCount);
|
snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "_%u", nMacroCount);
|
||||||
newmacroargs[MAXMACROARGS] = strdup(s);
|
newmacroargs[MAXMACROARGS] = strdup(s);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -560,7 +569,7 @@ void sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, int32_t value)
|
|||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* If the desired symbol is a string it needs to be passed to this function with
|
* If the desired symbol is a string it needs to be passed to this function with
|
||||||
* quotes inside the string, like sym_AddString("name", "\"test\"), or the
|
* quotes inside the string, like sym_AddString("name", "\"test\"), or the
|
||||||
* assembler won't be able to use it with DB and similar. This is equivalent as
|
* assembler won't be able to use it with DB and similar. This is equivalent to
|
||||||
* ``` name EQUS "\"test\"" ```
|
* ``` name EQUS "\"test\"" ```
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* If the desired symbol is a register or a number, just the terminator quotes
|
* If the desired symbol is a register or a number, just the terminator quotes
|
||||||
@@ -665,7 +674,7 @@ void sym_AddReloc(char *tzSym)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
struct sSymbol *parent = pScope->pScope ?
|
struct sSymbol *parent = pScope->pScope ?
|
||||||
pScope->pScope : pScope;
|
pScope->pScope : pScope;
|
||||||
int32_t parentLen = localPtr - tzSym;
|
uint32_t parentLen = localPtr - tzSym;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (strchr(localPtr + 1, '.') != NULL) {
|
if (strchr(localPtr + 1, '.') != NULL) {
|
||||||
fatalerror("'%s' is a nonsensical reference to a nested local symbol",
|
fatalerror("'%s' is a nonsensical reference to a nested local symbol",
|
||||||
@@ -965,16 +974,22 @@ void sym_Init(void)
|
|||||||
* The '?' have to be escaped or they will be treated as
|
* The '?' have to be escaped or they will be treated as
|
||||||
* trigraphs...
|
* trigraphs...
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedTIME, "\"\?\?:\?\?:\?\?\"");
|
snprintf(SavedTIME, sizeof(SavedTIME),
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedDATE, "\"\?\? \?\?\? \?\?\?\?\"");
|
"\"\?\?:\?\?:\?\?\"");
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL, "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?+\?\?\?\?\"");
|
snprintf(SavedDATE, sizeof(SavedDATE),
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC, "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?Z\"");
|
"\"\?\? \?\?\? \?\?\?\?\"");
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedDAY, "1");
|
snprintf(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL,
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedMONTH, "1");
|
sizeof(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL),
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedYEAR, "1900");
|
"\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?+\?\?\?\?\"");
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedHOUR, "0");
|
snprintf(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC,
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedMINUTE, "0");
|
sizeof(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC),
|
||||||
strcpy(SavedSECOND, "0");
|
"\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?Z\"");
|
||||||
|
snprintf(SavedDAY, sizeof(SavedDAY), "1");
|
||||||
|
snprintf(SavedMONTH, sizeof(SavedMONTH), "1");
|
||||||
|
snprintf(SavedYEAR, sizeof(SavedYEAR), "1900");
|
||||||
|
snprintf(SavedHOUR, sizeof(SavedHOUR), "0");
|
||||||
|
snprintf(SavedMINUTE, sizeof(SavedMINUTE), "0");
|
||||||
|
snprintf(SavedSECOND, sizeof(SavedSECOND), "0");
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sym_AddString("__TIME__", SavedTIME);
|
sym_AddString("__TIME__", SavedTIME);
|
||||||
|
|||||||
8
src/extern/err.c
vendored
8
src/extern/err.c
vendored
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ void rgbds_vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
|||||||
putc('\n', stderr);
|
putc('\n', stderr);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
noreturn_ void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "error");
|
fprintf(stderr, "error");
|
||||||
if (fmt) {
|
if (fmt) {
|
||||||
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ noreturn void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
|||||||
exit(status);
|
exit(status);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
noreturn_ void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "error");
|
fprintf(stderr, "error");
|
||||||
if (fmt) {
|
if (fmt) {
|
||||||
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void rgbds_warnx(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|||||||
va_end(ap);
|
va_end(ap);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
|
noreturn_ void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
va_list ap;
|
va_list ap;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ noreturn void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
|
|||||||
va_end(ap);
|
va_end(ap);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void rgbds_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
|
noreturn_ void rgbds_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
va_list ap;
|
va_list ap;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|||||||
167
src/fix/main.c
167
src/fix/main.c
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
|
|||||||
static void print_usage(void)
|
static void print_usage(void)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
printf(
|
printf(
|
||||||
"usage: rgbfix [-CcjsVv] [-i game_id] [-k licensee_str] [-l licensee_id]\n"
|
"usage: rgbfix [-CcjsVv] [-f fix_spec] [-i game_id] [-k licensee_str]\n"
|
||||||
" [-m mbc_type] [-n rom_version] [-p pad_value] [-r ram_size]\n"
|
" [-l licensee_id] [-m mbc_type] [-n rom_version] [-p pad_value]\n"
|
||||||
" [-t title_str] file\n");
|
" [-r ram_size] [-t title_str] file\n");
|
||||||
exit(1);
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -37,7 +37,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* all flags default to false unless options specify otherwise */
|
/* all flags default to false unless options specify otherwise */
|
||||||
bool validate = false;
|
bool fixlogo = false;
|
||||||
|
bool fixheadsum = false;
|
||||||
|
bool fixglobalsum = false;
|
||||||
|
bool trashlogo = false;
|
||||||
|
bool trashheadsum = false;
|
||||||
|
bool trashglobalsum = false;
|
||||||
bool settitle = false;
|
bool settitle = false;
|
||||||
bool setid = false;
|
bool setid = false;
|
||||||
bool colorcompatible = false;
|
bool colorcompatible = false;
|
||||||
@@ -61,7 +66,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
int version = 0; /* mask ROM version number */
|
int version = 0; /* mask ROM version number */
|
||||||
int padvalue = 0; /* to pad the rom with if it changes size */
|
int padvalue = 0; /* to pad the rom with if it changes size */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Cci:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:Vv")) != -1) {
|
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Ccf:i:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:Vv")) != -1) {
|
||||||
switch (ch) {
|
switch (ch) {
|
||||||
case 'C':
|
case 'C':
|
||||||
coloronly = true;
|
coloronly = true;
|
||||||
@@ -69,6 +74,14 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
case 'c':
|
case 'c':
|
||||||
colorcompatible = true;
|
colorcompatible = true;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 'f':
|
||||||
|
fixlogo = strchr(optarg, 'l');
|
||||||
|
fixheadsum = strchr(optarg, 'h');
|
||||||
|
fixglobalsum = strchr(optarg, 'g');
|
||||||
|
trashlogo = strchr(optarg, 'L');
|
||||||
|
trashheadsum = strchr(optarg, 'H');
|
||||||
|
trashglobalsum = strchr(optarg, 'G');
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
case 'i':
|
case 'i':
|
||||||
setid = true;
|
setid = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -168,7 +181,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
printf("rgbfix %s\n", get_package_version_string());
|
printf("rgbfix %s\n", get_package_version_string());
|
||||||
exit(0);
|
exit(0);
|
||||||
case 'v':
|
case 'v':
|
||||||
validate = true;
|
fixlogo = true;
|
||||||
|
fixheadsum = true;
|
||||||
|
fixglobalsum = true;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
default:
|
default:
|
||||||
print_usage();
|
print_usage();
|
||||||
@@ -192,10 +207,20 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
err(1, "Error opening file %s", argv[argc - 1]);
|
err(1, "Error opening file %s", argv[argc - 1]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Write changes to ROM
|
* Read ROM header
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Offsets in the buffer are 0x100 less than the equivalent in ROM.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (validate) {
|
uint8_t header[0x50];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fseek(rom, 0x100, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not locate ROM header");
|
||||||
|
if (fread(header, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(header), rom)
|
||||||
|
!= sizeof(header))
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not read ROM header");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fixlogo || trashlogo) {
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Offset 0x104–0x133: Nintendo Logo
|
* Offset 0x104–0x133: Nintendo Logo
|
||||||
* This is a bitmap image that displays when the Game Boy is
|
* This is a bitmap image that displays when the Game Boy is
|
||||||
@@ -205,7 +230,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* See also: global checksums at 0x14D–0x14F, They must
|
* See also: global checksums at 0x14D–0x14F, They must
|
||||||
* also be correct for the game to boot, so we fix them
|
* also be correct for the game to boot, so we fix them
|
||||||
* as well when the -v flag is set.
|
* as well when requested with the -f flag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t ninlogo[48] = {
|
uint8_t ninlogo[48] = {
|
||||||
@@ -217,8 +242,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
0xDD, 0xDC, 0x99, 0x9F, 0xBB, 0xB9, 0x33, 0x3E
|
0xDD, 0xDC, 0x99, 0x9F, 0xBB, 0xB9, 0x33, 0x3E
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x104, SEEK_SET);
|
if (trashlogo) {
|
||||||
fwrite(ninlogo, 1, 48, rom);
|
for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(ninlogo); i++)
|
||||||
|
ninlogo[i] = ~ninlogo[i];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memcpy(header + 0x04, ninlogo, sizeof(ninlogo));
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (settitle) {
|
if (settitle) {
|
||||||
@@ -239,11 +268,10 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* characters may conflict with the title.
|
* characters may conflict with the title.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x134, SEEK_SET);
|
int n = snprintf((char *)header + 0x34, 16, "%s", title);
|
||||||
fwrite(title, 1, strlen(title) + 1, rom);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
while (ftell(rom) < 0x143)
|
for (int i = 16; i > n; i--)
|
||||||
fputc(0, rom);
|
header[0x34 + i] = '\0';
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (setid) {
|
if (setid) {
|
||||||
@@ -253,8 +281,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* characters).
|
* characters).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x13F, SEEK_SET);
|
memcpy(header + 0x3F, id, 4);
|
||||||
fwrite(id, 1, 4, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (colorcompatible) {
|
if (colorcompatible) {
|
||||||
@@ -272,20 +299,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* may conflict.
|
* may conflict.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t byte;
|
header[0x43] |= 1 << 7;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x143, SEEK_SET);
|
|
||||||
byte = fgetc(rom);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
byte |= 1 << 7;
|
|
||||||
if (coloronly)
|
if (coloronly)
|
||||||
byte |= 1 << 6;
|
header[0x43] |= 1 << 6;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (byte & 0x3F)
|
if (header[0x43] & 0x3F)
|
||||||
warnx("Color flag conflicts with game title");
|
warnx("Color flag conflicts with game title");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x143, SEEK_SET);
|
|
||||||
fputc(byte, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (setnewlicensee) {
|
if (setnewlicensee) {
|
||||||
@@ -301,8 +320,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* as a Super Game Boy flag.
|
* as a Super Game Boy flag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x144, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x44] = newlicensee[0];
|
||||||
fwrite(newlicensee, 1, 2, rom);
|
header[0x45] = newlicensee[1];
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (super) {
|
if (super) {
|
||||||
@@ -321,8 +340,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
if (!setlicensee)
|
if (!setlicensee)
|
||||||
warnx("You should probably set both '-s' and '-l 0x33'");
|
warnx("You should probably set both '-s' and '-l 0x33'");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x146, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x46] = 3;
|
||||||
fputc(3, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (setcartridge) {
|
if (setcartridge) {
|
||||||
@@ -332,8 +350,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* external RAM, timer, rumble, or battery.
|
* external RAM, timer, rumble, or battery.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x147, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x47] = cartridge;
|
||||||
fputc(cartridge, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (resize) {
|
if (resize) {
|
||||||
@@ -347,8 +364,13 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
int headbyte;
|
int headbyte;
|
||||||
uint8_t *buf;
|
uint8_t *buf;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_END);
|
if (fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_END) != 0)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
romsize = ftell(rom);
|
romsize = ftell(rom);
|
||||||
|
if (romsize == -1)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
newsize = 0x8000;
|
newsize = 0x8000;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
headbyte = 0;
|
headbyte = 0;
|
||||||
@@ -361,11 +383,14 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
warnx("ROM size is bigger than 8MiB");
|
warnx("ROM size is bigger than 8MiB");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
buf = malloc(newsize - romsize);
|
buf = malloc(newsize - romsize);
|
||||||
memset(buf, padvalue, newsize - romsize);
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
||||||
fwrite(buf, 1, newsize - romsize, rom);
|
errx(1, "Couldn't allocate memory for padded ROM.");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x148, SEEK_SET);
|
memset(buf, padvalue, newsize - romsize);
|
||||||
fputc(headbyte, rom);
|
if (fwrite(buf, 1, newsize - romsize, rom) != newsize - romsize)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
header[0x48] = headbyte;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
free(buf);
|
free(buf);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -375,8 +400,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* Offset 0x149: RAM Size
|
* Offset 0x149: RAM Size
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x149, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x49] = ramsize;
|
||||||
fputc(ramsize, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (nonjapan) {
|
if (nonjapan) {
|
||||||
@@ -384,8 +408,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* Offset 0x14A: Non-Japanese Region Flag
|
* Offset 0x14A: Non-Japanese Region Flag
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x14A, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x4A] = 1;
|
||||||
fputc(1, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (setlicensee) {
|
if (setlicensee) {
|
||||||
@@ -401,8 +424,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* See also: the New Licensee ID at 0x144–0x145.
|
* See also: the New Licensee ID at 0x144–0x145.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x14B, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x4B] = licensee;
|
||||||
fputc(licensee, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (setversion) {
|
if (setversion) {
|
||||||
@@ -411,46 +433,71 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
* Which version of the ROM this is.
|
* Which version of the ROM this is.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x14C, SEEK_SET);
|
header[0x4C] = version;
|
||||||
fputc(version, rom);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (validate) {
|
if (fixheadsum || trashheadsum) {
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Offset 0x14D: Header Checksum
|
* Offset 0x14D: Header Checksum
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t headcksum = 0;
|
uint8_t headcksum = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x134, SEEK_SET);
|
for (int i = 0x34; i < 0x4D; ++i)
|
||||||
for (int i = 0; i < (0x14D - 0x134); ++i)
|
headcksum = headcksum - header[i] - 1;
|
||||||
headcksum = headcksum - fgetc(rom) - 1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x14D, SEEK_SET);
|
if (trashheadsum)
|
||||||
fputc(headcksum, rom);
|
headcksum = ~headcksum;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
header[0x4D] = headcksum;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Before calculating the global checksum, we must write the modified
|
||||||
|
* header to the ROM.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fseek(rom, 0x100, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not locate header for writing");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fwrite(header, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(header), rom)
|
||||||
|
!= sizeof(header))
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not write modified ROM header");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (fixglobalsum || trashglobalsum) {
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Offset 0x14E–0x14F: Global Checksum
|
* Offset 0x14E–0x14F: Global Checksum
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint16_t globalcksum = 0;
|
uint16_t globalcksum = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
rewind(rom);
|
if (fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
||||||
for (int i = 0; i < 0x14E; ++i)
|
err(1, "Could not start calculating global checksum");
|
||||||
globalcksum += fgetc(rom);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int i = 0;
|
||||||
int byte;
|
int byte;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x150, SEEK_SET);
|
while ((byte = fgetc(rom)) != EOF) {
|
||||||
while ((byte = fgetc(rom)) != EOF)
|
i++;
|
||||||
globalcksum += byte;
|
if (i != 0x150)
|
||||||
|
globalcksum += byte;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (ferror(rom))
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not calculate global checksum");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (trashglobalsum)
|
||||||
|
globalcksum = ~globalcksum;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(rom, 0x14E, SEEK_SET);
|
fseek(rom, 0x14E, SEEK_SET);
|
||||||
fputc(globalcksum >> 8, rom);
|
fputc(globalcksum >> 8, rom);
|
||||||
fputc(globalcksum & 0xFF, rom);
|
fputc(globalcksum & 0xFF, rom);
|
||||||
|
if (ferror(rom))
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not write global checksum");
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fclose(rom);
|
if (fclose(rom) != 0)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Could not complete ROM write");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
|||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.Dd January 26, 2018
|
.Dd March 11, 2018
|
||||||
.Dt RGBFIX 1
|
.Dt RGBFIX 1
|
||||||
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
||||||
.Sh NAME
|
.Sh NAME
|
||||||
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
|
|||||||
.Sh SYNOPSIS
|
.Sh SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.Nm rgbfix
|
.Nm rgbfix
|
||||||
.Op Fl CcjsVv
|
.Op Fl CcjsVv
|
||||||
|
.Op Fl f Ar fix_spec
|
||||||
.Op Fl i Ar game_id
|
.Op Fl i Ar game_id
|
||||||
.Op Fl k Ar licensee_str
|
.Op Fl k Ar licensee_str
|
||||||
.Op Fl l Ar licensee_id
|
.Op Fl l Ar licensee_id
|
||||||
@@ -46,6 +47,30 @@ If both this and the
|
|||||||
flag are set,
|
flag are set,
|
||||||
.Fl C
|
.Fl C
|
||||||
takes precedence.
|
takes precedence.
|
||||||
|
.It Fl f Ar fix_spec
|
||||||
|
Fix certain header values that the Game Boy checks for correctness.
|
||||||
|
Alternatively, intentionally trash these values by writing their binary inverse
|
||||||
|
instead.
|
||||||
|
.Ar fix_spec
|
||||||
|
is a string containing any combination of the following characters:
|
||||||
|
.Pp
|
||||||
|
.Bl -tag -compact -width xx
|
||||||
|
.It Cm l
|
||||||
|
Fix the Nintendo logo
|
||||||
|
.Pq Ad 0x104 Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x133 .
|
||||||
|
.It Cm L
|
||||||
|
Trash the Nintendo logo.
|
||||||
|
.It Cm h
|
||||||
|
Fix the header checksum
|
||||||
|
.Pq Ad 0x14D .
|
||||||
|
.It Cm H
|
||||||
|
Trash the header checksum.
|
||||||
|
.It Cm g
|
||||||
|
Fix the global checksum
|
||||||
|
.Pq Ad 0x14E Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x14F .
|
||||||
|
.It Cm G
|
||||||
|
Trash the global checksum.
|
||||||
|
.El
|
||||||
.It Fl i Ar game_id
|
.It Fl i Ar game_id
|
||||||
Set the game ID string
|
Set the game ID string
|
||||||
.Pq Ad 0x13F Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x142
|
.Pq Ad 0x13F Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x142
|
||||||
@@ -104,12 +129,8 @@ overlapping portion of the title.
|
|||||||
.It Fl V
|
.It Fl V
|
||||||
Print the version of the program and exit.
|
Print the version of the program and exit.
|
||||||
.It Fl v
|
.It Fl v
|
||||||
Validate the header and fix checksums: the Nintendo character area
|
Equivalent to
|
||||||
.Pq Ad 0x104 Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x133 ,
|
.Fl f Cm lhg .
|
||||||
the header checksum
|
|
||||||
.Pq Ad 0x14D ,
|
|
||||||
and the global checksum
|
|
||||||
.Pq Ad 0x14E Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x14F .
|
|
||||||
.El
|
.El
|
||||||
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
||||||
Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic.
|
Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic.
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
|||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.Dd January 26, 2018
|
.Dd February 23, 2018
|
||||||
.Dt GBZ80 7
|
.Dt GBZ80 7
|
||||||
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
||||||
.Sh NAME
|
.Sh NAME
|
||||||
@@ -24,8 +24,10 @@ as destination can omit the destination as it is assumed it's register
|
|||||||
.Sy A .
|
.Sy A .
|
||||||
The following two lines have the same effect:
|
The following two lines have the same effect:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Dl OR A,B
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
.Dl OR B
|
OR A,B
|
||||||
|
OR B
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.Sh LEGEND
|
.Sh LEGEND
|
||||||
List of abbreviations used in this document.
|
List of abbreviations used in this document.
|
||||||
|
|||||||
96
src/gfx/gb.c
96
src/gfx/gb.c
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
|
|||||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -31,23 +32,18 @@ void transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
|
|||||||
gb->data = newdata;
|
gb->data = newdata;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void png_to_gb(const struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb)
|
void raw_to_gb(const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image, struct GBImage *gb)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int x, y, byte;
|
int x, y, byte;
|
||||||
png_byte index;
|
uint8_t index;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
for (y = 0; y < png.height; y++) {
|
for (y = 0; y < raw_image->height; y++) {
|
||||||
for (x = 0; x < png.width; x++) {
|
for (x = 0; x < raw_image->width; x++) {
|
||||||
index = png.data[y][x];
|
index = raw_image->data[y][x];
|
||||||
index &= (1 << depth) - 1;
|
index &= (1 << depth) - 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!gb->horizontal) {
|
byte = y * depth
|
||||||
byte = y * depth
|
+ x / 8 * raw_image->height / 8 * 8 * depth;
|
||||||
+ x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
|
|
||||||
} else {
|
|
||||||
byte = y * depth
|
|
||||||
+ x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
gb->data[byte] |= (index & 1) << (7 - x % 8);
|
gb->data[byte] |= (index & 1) << (7 - x % 8);
|
||||||
if (depth == 2) {
|
if (depth == 2) {
|
||||||
gb->data[byte + 1] |=
|
gb->data[byte + 1] |=
|
||||||
@@ -57,18 +53,18 @@ void png_to_gb(const struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!gb->horizontal)
|
if (!gb->horizontal)
|
||||||
transpose_tiles(gb, png.width / 8);
|
transpose_tiles(gb, raw_image->width / 8);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void output_file(const struct Options opts, const struct GBImage gb)
|
void output_file(const struct Options *opts, const struct GBImage *gb)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
FILE *f;
|
FILE *f;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
f = fopen(opts.outfile, "wb");
|
f = fopen(opts->outfile, "wb");
|
||||||
if (!f)
|
if (!f)
|
||||||
err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts.outfile);
|
err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts->outfile);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fwrite(gb.data, 1, gb.size - gb.trim * 8 * depth, f);
|
fwrite(gb->data, 1, gb->size - gb->trim * 8 * depth, f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fclose(f);
|
fclose(f);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -89,7 +85,7 @@ int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size)
|
|||||||
return -1;
|
return -1;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
void create_tilemap(const struct Options *opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
||||||
struct Tilemap *tilemap)
|
struct Tilemap *tilemap)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int i, j;
|
int i, j;
|
||||||
@@ -105,10 +101,15 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
|||||||
tile_size = sizeof(uint8_t) * depth * 8;
|
tile_size = sizeof(uint8_t) * depth * 8;
|
||||||
gb_size = gb->size - (gb->trim * tile_size);
|
gb_size = gb->size - (gb->trim * tile_size);
|
||||||
max_tiles = gb_size / tile_size;
|
max_tiles = gb_size / tile_size;
|
||||||
tiles = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t *) * max_tiles);
|
|
||||||
|
/* If the input image doesn't fill the last tile, increase the count. */
|
||||||
|
if (gb_size > max_tiles * tile_size)
|
||||||
|
max_tiles++;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
tiles = calloc(max_tiles, sizeof(uint8_t *));
|
||||||
num_tiles = 0;
|
num_tiles = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
tilemap->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * max_tiles);
|
tilemap->data = calloc(max_tiles, sizeof(uint8_t));
|
||||||
tilemap->size = 0;
|
tilemap->size = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
gb_i = 0;
|
gb_i = 0;
|
||||||
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
|||||||
tile[i] = gb->data[gb_i];
|
tile[i] = gb->data[gb_i];
|
||||||
gb_i++;
|
gb_i++;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (opts.unique) {
|
if (opts->unique) {
|
||||||
index = get_tile_index(tile, tiles, num_tiles,
|
index = get_tile_index(tile, tiles, num_tiles,
|
||||||
tile_size);
|
tile_size);
|
||||||
if (index < 0) {
|
if (index < 0) {
|
||||||
@@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
|||||||
tilemap->size++;
|
tilemap->size++;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.unique) {
|
if (opts->unique) {
|
||||||
free(gb->data);
|
free(gb->data);
|
||||||
gb->data = malloc(tile_size * num_tiles);
|
gb->data = malloc(tile_size * num_tiles);
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
|
for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
|
||||||
@@ -152,43 +153,44 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
|
|||||||
free(tiles);
|
free(tiles);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options opts,
|
void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
const struct Tilemap tilemap)
|
const struct Tilemap *tilemap)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
FILE *f;
|
FILE *f;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
f = fopen(opts.mapfile, "wb");
|
f = fopen(opts->mapfile, "wb");
|
||||||
if (!f)
|
if (!f)
|
||||||
err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts.mapfile);
|
err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts->mapfile);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fwrite(tilemap.data, 1, tilemap.size, f);
|
fwrite(tilemap->data, 1, tilemap->size, f);
|
||||||
fclose(f);
|
fclose(f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.mapout)
|
if (opts->mapout)
|
||||||
free(opts.mapfile);
|
free(opts->mapfile);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void output_palette_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage png)
|
void output_palette_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
|
const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
FILE *f;
|
FILE *f;
|
||||||
int i, colors, color;
|
int i, color;
|
||||||
png_color *palette;
|
uint8_t cur_bytes[2];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png_get_PLTE(png.png, png.info, &palette, &colors)) {
|
f = fopen(opts->palfile, "wb");
|
||||||
f = fopen(opts.palfile, "wb");
|
if (!f)
|
||||||
if (!f) {
|
err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed", opts->palfile);
|
||||||
err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed",
|
|
||||||
opts.palfile);
|
for (i = 0; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
}
|
color =
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < colors; i++) {
|
raw_image->palette[i].blue >> 3 << 10 |
|
||||||
color = palette[i].blue >> 3 << 10
|
raw_image->palette[i].green >> 3 << 5 |
|
||||||
| palette[i].green >> 3 << 5
|
raw_image->palette[i].red >> 3;
|
||||||
| palette[i].red >> 3;
|
cur_bytes[0] = color & 0xFF;
|
||||||
fwrite(&color, 2, 1, f);
|
cur_bytes[1] = color >> 8;
|
||||||
}
|
fwrite(cur_bytes, 2, 1, f);
|
||||||
fclose(f);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
fclose(f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.palout)
|
if (opts->palout)
|
||||||
free(opts.palfile);
|
free(opts->palfile);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
|
|||||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <png.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
#include <string.h>
|
#include <string.h>
|
||||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||||
@@ -26,7 +27,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int ch, size;
|
int ch, size;
|
||||||
struct Options opts = {0};
|
struct Options opts = {0};
|
||||||
struct PNGImage png = {0};
|
struct ImageOptions png_options = {0};
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
|
||||||
struct GBImage gb = {0};
|
struct GBImage gb = {0};
|
||||||
struct Tilemap tilemap = {0};
|
struct Tilemap tilemap = {0};
|
||||||
char *ext;
|
char *ext;
|
||||||
@@ -51,6 +53,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
case 'F':
|
case 'F':
|
||||||
opts.hardfix = true;
|
opts.hardfix = true;
|
||||||
|
/* fallthrough */
|
||||||
case 'f':
|
case 'f':
|
||||||
opts.fix = true;
|
opts.fix = true;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
@@ -102,80 +105,89 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
colors = 1 << depth;
|
colors = 1 << depth;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
input_png_file(opts, &png);
|
raw_image = input_png_file(&opts, &png_options);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png.mapfile = "";
|
png_options.mapfile = "";
|
||||||
png.palfile = "";
|
png_options.palfile = "";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
get_text(&png);
|
if (png_options.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
|
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose)
|
if (opts.verbose)
|
||||||
warnx(errmsg, "horizontal");
|
warnx(errmsg, "horizontal");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.hardfix)
|
if (opts.hardfix)
|
||||||
png.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
|
png_options.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.horizontal)
|
if (png_options.horizontal)
|
||||||
opts.horizontal = png.horizontal;
|
opts.horizontal = png_options.horizontal;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.trim != opts.trim) {
|
if (png_options.trim != opts.trim) {
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose)
|
if (opts.verbose)
|
||||||
warnx(errmsg, "trim");
|
warnx(errmsg, "trim");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.hardfix)
|
if (opts.hardfix)
|
||||||
png.trim = opts.trim;
|
png_options.trim = opts.trim;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.trim)
|
if (png_options.trim)
|
||||||
opts.trim = png.trim;
|
opts.trim = png_options.trim;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.trim > png.width / 8 - 1) {
|
if (raw_image->width % 8) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input png file '%s' too large (max: %i)",
|
errx(1, "Input PNG file %s not sized correctly. The image's width must be a multiple of 8.",
|
||||||
opts.trim, opts.infile, png.width / 8 - 1);
|
opts.infile);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (raw_image->width / 8 > 1 && raw_image->height % 8) {
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Input PNG file %s not sized correctly. If the image is more than 1 tile wide, its height must be a multiple of 8.",
|
||||||
|
opts.infile);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (strcmp(png.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
|
if (opts.trim &&
|
||||||
|
opts.trim > (raw_image->width / 8) * (raw_image->height / 8) - 1) {
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input raw_image file '%s' too large (max: %i)",
|
||||||
|
opts.trim, opts.infile,
|
||||||
|
(raw_image->width / 8) * (raw_image->height / 8) - 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp(png_options.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose)
|
if (opts.verbose)
|
||||||
warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
|
warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.hardfix)
|
if (opts.hardfix)
|
||||||
png.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
|
png_options.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (!*opts.mapfile)
|
if (!*opts.mapfile)
|
||||||
opts.mapfile = png.mapfile;
|
opts.mapfile = png_options.mapfile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.mapout != opts.mapout) {
|
if (png_options.mapout != opts.mapout) {
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose)
|
if (opts.verbose)
|
||||||
warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
|
warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.hardfix)
|
if (opts.hardfix)
|
||||||
png.mapout = opts.mapout;
|
png_options.mapout = opts.mapout;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (png.mapout)
|
if (png_options.mapout)
|
||||||
opts.mapout = png.mapout;
|
opts.mapout = png_options.mapout;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (strcmp(png.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
|
if (strcmp(png_options.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose)
|
if (opts.verbose)
|
||||||
warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
|
warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.hardfix)
|
if (opts.hardfix)
|
||||||
png.palfile = opts.palfile;
|
png_options.palfile = opts.palfile;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (!*opts.palfile)
|
if (!*opts.palfile)
|
||||||
opts.palfile = png.palfile;
|
opts.palfile = png_options.palfile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.palout != opts.palout) {
|
if (png_options.palout != opts.palout) {
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose)
|
if (opts.verbose)
|
||||||
warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
|
warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.hardfix)
|
if (opts.hardfix)
|
||||||
png.palout = opts.palout;
|
png_options.palout = opts.palout;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png.palout)
|
if (png_options.palout)
|
||||||
opts.palout = png.palout;
|
opts.palout = png_options.palout;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!*opts.mapfile && opts.mapout) {
|
if (!*opts.mapfile && opts.mapout) {
|
||||||
ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.');
|
ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.');
|
||||||
@@ -209,31 +221,29 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
gb.size = png.width * png.height * depth / 8;
|
gb.size = raw_image->width * raw_image->height * depth / 8;
|
||||||
gb.data = calloc(gb.size, 1);
|
gb.data = calloc(gb.size, 1);
|
||||||
gb.trim = opts.trim;
|
gb.trim = opts.trim;
|
||||||
gb.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
|
gb.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (*opts.outfile || *opts.mapfile) {
|
if (*opts.outfile || *opts.mapfile) {
|
||||||
png_to_gb(png, &gb);
|
raw_to_gb(raw_image, &gb);
|
||||||
create_tilemap(opts, &gb, &tilemap);
|
create_tilemap(&opts, &gb, &tilemap);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (*opts.outfile)
|
if (*opts.outfile)
|
||||||
output_file(opts, gb);
|
output_file(&opts, &gb);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (*opts.mapfile)
|
if (*opts.mapfile)
|
||||||
output_tilemap_file(opts, tilemap);
|
output_tilemap_file(&opts, &tilemap);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (*opts.palfile)
|
if (*opts.palfile)
|
||||||
output_palette_file(opts, png);
|
output_palette_file(&opts, raw_image);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.fix || opts.debug) {
|
if (opts.fix || opts.debug)
|
||||||
set_text(&png);
|
output_png_file(&opts, &png_options, raw_image);
|
||||||
output_png_file(opts, &png);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
free_png_data(&png);
|
destroy_raw_image(&raw_image);
|
||||||
free(gb.data);
|
free(gb.data);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -6,25 +6,150 @@
|
|||||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <png.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
#include <string.h>
|
#include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "gfx/main.h"
|
#include "gfx/main.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
|
static void initialize_png(struct PNGImage *img, FILE *f);
|
||||||
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *indexed_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
|
||||||
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *grayscale_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
|
||||||
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *truecolor_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
|
||||||
|
static void get_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
struct ImageOptions *png_options);
|
||||||
|
static void set_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
const struct ImageOptions *png_options);
|
||||||
|
static void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *input_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
|
struct ImageOptions *png_options)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct PNGImage img;
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
|
||||||
|
FILE *f;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
f = fopen(opts->infile, "rb");
|
||||||
|
if (!f)
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts->infile);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
initialize_png(&img, f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (img.depth != depth) {
|
||||||
|
if (opts->verbose) {
|
||||||
|
warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).",
|
||||||
|
depth, img.depth);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch (img.type) {
|
||||||
|
case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE:
|
||||||
|
raw_image = indexed_png_to_raw(&img); break;
|
||||||
|
case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY:
|
||||||
|
case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA:
|
||||||
|
raw_image = grayscale_png_to_raw(&img); break;
|
||||||
|
case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB:
|
||||||
|
case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA:
|
||||||
|
raw_image = truecolor_png_to_raw(&img); break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
/* Shouldn't happen, but might as well handle just in case. */
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Input PNG file is of invalid color type.");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
get_text(&img, png_options);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_destroy_read_struct(&img.png, &img.info, NULL);
|
||||||
|
fclose(f);
|
||||||
|
free_png_data(&img);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return raw_image;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void output_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
|
||||||
|
const struct ImageOptions *png_options,
|
||||||
|
const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
FILE *f;
|
FILE *f;
|
||||||
int i, y, num_trans;
|
char *outfile;
|
||||||
bool has_palette = false;
|
struct PNGImage img;
|
||||||
png_byte *trans_alpha;
|
png_color *png_palette;
|
||||||
png_color_16 *trans_values;
|
int i;
|
||||||
bool *full_alpha;
|
|
||||||
png_color *palette;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
f = fopen(opts.infile, "rb");
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* TODO: Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually,
|
||||||
|
* opts.infile will be used directly.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
if (opts->debug) {
|
||||||
|
outfile = malloc(strlen(opts->infile) + 5);
|
||||||
|
strcpy(outfile, opts->infile);
|
||||||
|
strcat(outfile, ".out");
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
outfile = opts->infile;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
|
||||||
if (!f)
|
if (!f)
|
||||||
err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts.infile);
|
err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
img.png = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
|
||||||
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||||||
|
if (!img.png)
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
img.info = png_create_info_struct(img.png);
|
||||||
|
if (!img.info)
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img.png)))
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_init_io(img.png, f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_set_IHDR(img.png, img.info, raw_image->width, raw_image->height,
|
||||||
|
8, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE, PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
|
||||||
|
PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color *) * raw_image->num_colors);
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
png_palette[i].red = raw_image->palette[i].red;
|
||||||
|
png_palette[i].green = raw_image->palette[i].green;
|
||||||
|
png_palette[i].blue = raw_image->palette[i].blue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
png_set_PLTE(img.png, img.info, png_palette, raw_image->num_colors);
|
||||||
|
free(png_palette);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (opts->fix)
|
||||||
|
set_text(&img, png_options);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_write_info(img.png, img.info);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_write_image(img.png, (png_byte **) raw_image->data);
|
||||||
|
png_write_end(img.png, NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_destroy_write_struct(&img.png, &img.info);
|
||||||
|
fclose(f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (opts->debug)
|
||||||
|
free(outfile);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void destroy_raw_image(struct RawIndexedImage **raw_image_ptr_ptr)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int y;
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image = *raw_image_ptr_ptr;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (y = 0; y < raw_image->height; y++)
|
||||||
|
free(raw_image->data[y]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
free(raw_image->data);
|
||||||
|
free(raw_image->palette);
|
||||||
|
free(raw_image);
|
||||||
|
*raw_image_ptr_ptr = NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void initialize_png(struct PNGImage *img, FILE *f)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
img->png = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
|
img->png = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
|
||||||
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||||||
if (!img->png)
|
if (!img->png)
|
||||||
@@ -34,7 +159,6 @@ void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
|
|||||||
if (!img->info)
|
if (!img->info)
|
||||||
errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
|
errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* TODO: Better error handling here? */
|
|
||||||
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img->png)))
|
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img->png)))
|
||||||
exit(1);
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -46,125 +170,415 @@ void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
|
|||||||
img->height = png_get_image_height(img->png, img->info);
|
img->height = png_get_image_height(img->png, img->info);
|
||||||
img->depth = png_get_bit_depth(img->png, img->info);
|
img->depth = png_get_bit_depth(img->png, img->info);
|
||||||
img->type = png_get_color_type(img->png, img->info);
|
img->type = png_get_color_type(img->png, img->info);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
|
static void read_png(struct PNGImage *img);
|
||||||
png_set_strip_alpha(img->png);
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *create_raw_image(int width, int height,
|
||||||
|
int num_colors);
|
||||||
|
static void set_raw_image_palette(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *palette, int num_colors);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (img->depth != depth) {
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *indexed_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
|
||||||
if (opts.verbose) {
|
{
|
||||||
warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).", depth,
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
|
||||||
img->depth);
|
png_color *palette;
|
||||||
}
|
int colors_in_PLTE;
|
||||||
}
|
int colors_in_new_palette;
|
||||||
|
png_byte *trans_alpha;
|
||||||
|
int num_trans;
|
||||||
|
png_color_16 *trans_color;
|
||||||
|
png_color *original_palette;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t *old_to_new_palette;
|
||||||
|
int i, x, y;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) {
|
if (img->depth < 8)
|
||||||
if (img->depth < 8)
|
png_set_packing(img->png);
|
||||||
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
|
png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette, &colors_in_PLTE);
|
||||||
} else {
|
|
||||||
if (img->depth < 8)
|
|
||||||
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
has_palette = png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette,
|
raw_image = create_raw_image(img->width, img->height, colors);
|
||||||
&colors);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Transparent palette entries are removed, and the palette is collapsed.
|
||||||
|
* Transparent pixels are then replaced with palette index 0.
|
||||||
|
* This way, an indexed PNG can contain transparent pixels in *addition*
|
||||||
|
* to 4 normal colors.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
if (png_get_tRNS(img->png, img->info, &trans_alpha, &num_trans,
|
if (png_get_tRNS(img->png, img->info, &trans_alpha, &num_trans,
|
||||||
&trans_values)) {
|
&trans_color)) {
|
||||||
if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) {
|
original_palette = palette;
|
||||||
full_alpha = malloc(sizeof(bool) * num_trans);
|
palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors_in_PLTE);
|
||||||
|
colors_in_new_palette = 0;
|
||||||
|
old_to_new_palette = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * colors_in_PLTE);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
|
for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
|
||||||
if (trans_alpha[i] > 0)
|
if (trans_alpha[i] == 0) {
|
||||||
full_alpha[i] = false;
|
old_to_new_palette[i] = 0;
|
||||||
else
|
} else {
|
||||||
full_alpha[i] = true;
|
old_to_new_palette[i] = colors_in_new_palette;
|
||||||
|
palette[colors_in_new_palette++] =
|
||||||
|
original_palette[i];
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
|
for (i = num_trans; i < colors_in_PLTE; i++) {
|
||||||
if (full_alpha[i]) {
|
old_to_new_palette[i] = colors_in_new_palette;
|
||||||
palette[i].red = 0xFF;
|
palette[colors_in_new_palette++] = original_palette[i];
|
||||||
palette[i].green = 0x00;
|
|
||||||
palette[i].blue = 0xFF;
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* Set to the lightest color in the
|
|
||||||
* palette.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
free(full_alpha);
|
|
||||||
} else {
|
|
||||||
/* Set to the lightest color in the image. */
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TRNS, -1);
|
if (colors_in_new_palette != colors_in_PLTE) {
|
||||||
}
|
palette = realloc(palette,
|
||||||
|
sizeof(png_color) *
|
||||||
|
colors_in_new_palette);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (has_palette) {
|
|
||||||
/* Make sure palette only has the amount of colors you want. */
|
|
||||||
} else {
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Eventually when this copies colors from the image itself,
|
* Setting and validating palette before reading
|
||||||
* make sure order is lightest to darkest.
|
* allows us to error out *before* doing the data
|
||||||
|
* transformation if the palette is too long.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
|
set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette,
|
||||||
|
colors_in_new_palette);
|
||||||
|
read_png(img);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (strcmp(opts.infile, "rgb.png") == 0) {
|
for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
|
||||||
palette[0].red = 0xFF;
|
for (x = 0; x < img->width; x++) {
|
||||||
palette[0].green = 0xEF;
|
raw_image->data[y][x] =
|
||||||
palette[0].blue = 0xFF;
|
old_to_new_palette[img->data[y][x]];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
palette[1].red = 0xF7;
|
free(old_to_new_palette);
|
||||||
palette[1].green = 0xF7;
|
} else {
|
||||||
palette[1].blue = 0x8C;
|
set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette, colors_in_PLTE);
|
||||||
|
read_png(img);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
palette[2].red = 0x94;
|
for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
|
||||||
palette[2].green = 0x94;
|
for (x = 0; x < img->width; x++)
|
||||||
palette[2].blue = 0xC6;
|
raw_image->data[y][x] = img->data[y][x];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
palette[3].red = 0x39;
|
|
||||||
palette[3].green = 0x39;
|
|
||||||
palette[3].blue = 0x84;
|
|
||||||
} else {
|
|
||||||
palette[0].red = 0xFF;
|
|
||||||
palette[0].green = 0xFF;
|
|
||||||
palette[0].blue = 0xFF;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
palette[1].red = 0xA9;
|
|
||||||
palette[1].green = 0xA9;
|
|
||||||
palette[1].blue = 0xA9;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
palette[2].red = 0x55;
|
|
||||||
palette[2].green = 0x55;
|
|
||||||
palette[2].blue = 0x55;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
palette[3].red = 0x00;
|
|
||||||
palette[3].green = 0x00;
|
|
||||||
palette[3].blue = 0x00;
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
return raw_image;
|
||||||
* Also unfortunately, this sets it at 8 bit, and I can't find any
|
}
|
||||||
* option to reduce to 2 or 1 bit.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10402
|
|
||||||
png_set_dither(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
|
|
||||||
#else
|
|
||||||
png_set_quantize(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!has_palette) {
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *grayscale_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
|
||||||
png_set_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette, colors);
|
{
|
||||||
free(palette);
|
if (img->depth < 8)
|
||||||
|
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
|
||||||
|
return truecolor_png_to_raw(img);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void rgba_png_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
|
||||||
|
static struct RawIndexedImage
|
||||||
|
*processed_rgba_png_to_raw(const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
int colors_in_palette);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *truecolor_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
|
||||||
|
png_color *palette;
|
||||||
|
int colors_in_palette;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (img->depth == 16) {
|
||||||
|
#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
|
||||||
|
png_set_scale_16(img->png);
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
png_set_strip_16(img->png);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!(img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)) {
|
||||||
|
if (png_get_valid(img->png, img->info, PNG_INFO_tRNS))
|
||||||
|
png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(img->png);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
png_set_add_alpha(img->png, 0xFF, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
read_png(img);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rgba_png_palette(img, &palette, &colors_in_palette);
|
||||||
|
raw_image = processed_rgba_png_to_raw(img, palette, colors_in_palette);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
free(palette);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return raw_image;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void rgba_PLTE_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
|
||||||
|
static void rgba_build_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void rgba_png_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (png_get_valid(img->png, img->info, PNG_INFO_PLTE))
|
||||||
|
rgba_PLTE_palette(img, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
rgba_build_palette(img, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void rgba_PLTE_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* If other useless chunks exist (sRGB, bKGD, pHYs, gAMA, cHRM, iCCP,
|
* Lets us free the palette manually instead of leaving it to libpng,
|
||||||
* etc.) offer to remove?
|
* which lets us handle a PLTE and a built palette the same way.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
png_data_freer(img->png, img->info,
|
||||||
|
PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, PNG_FREE_PLTE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void update_built_palette(png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *pixel_color, png_byte alpha,
|
||||||
|
int *num_colors, bool *only_grayscale);
|
||||||
|
static int fit_grayscale_palette(png_color *palette, int *num_colors);
|
||||||
|
static void order_color_palette(png_color *palette, int num_colors);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void rgba_build_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
png_color *palette;
|
||||||
|
int y, value_index;
|
||||||
|
png_color cur_pixel_color;
|
||||||
|
png_byte cur_alpha;
|
||||||
|
bool only_grayscale = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* By filling the palette up with black by default, if the image
|
||||||
|
* doesn't have enough colors, the palette gets padded with black.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
*palette_ptr_ptr = calloc(colors, sizeof(png_color));
|
||||||
|
palette = *palette_ptr_ptr;
|
||||||
|
*num_colors = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
|
||||||
|
value_index = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (value_index < img->width * 4) {
|
||||||
|
cur_pixel_color.red = img->data[y][value_index++];
|
||||||
|
cur_pixel_color.green = img->data[y][value_index++];
|
||||||
|
cur_pixel_color.blue = img->data[y][value_index++];
|
||||||
|
cur_alpha = img->data[y][value_index++];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
update_built_palette(palette, &cur_pixel_color,
|
||||||
|
cur_alpha,
|
||||||
|
num_colors, &only_grayscale);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* In order not to count 100% transparent images as grayscale. */
|
||||||
|
only_grayscale = *num_colors ? only_grayscale : false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!only_grayscale || !fit_grayscale_palette(palette, num_colors))
|
||||||
|
order_color_palette(palette, *num_colors);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void update_built_palette(png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *pixel_color, png_byte alpha,
|
||||||
|
int *num_colors, bool *only_grayscale)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
bool color_exists;
|
||||||
|
png_color cur_palette_color;
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Transparent pixels don't count toward the palette,
|
||||||
|
* as they'll be replaced with color #0 later.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
if (alpha == 0)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (*only_grayscale && !(pixel_color->red == pixel_color->green &&
|
||||||
|
pixel_color->red == pixel_color->blue)) {
|
||||||
|
*only_grayscale = false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color_exists = false;
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < *num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
cur_palette_color = palette[i];
|
||||||
|
if (pixel_color->red == cur_palette_color.red &&
|
||||||
|
pixel_color->green == cur_palette_color.green &&
|
||||||
|
pixel_color->blue == cur_palette_color.blue) {
|
||||||
|
color_exists = true;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (!color_exists) {
|
||||||
|
if (*num_colors == colors) {
|
||||||
|
err(1, "Too many colors in input PNG file to fit into a %d-bit palette (max %d).",
|
||||||
|
depth, colors);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
palette[*num_colors] = *pixel_color;
|
||||||
|
(*num_colors)++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int fit_grayscale_palette(png_color *palette, int *num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int interval = 256 / colors;
|
||||||
|
png_color *fitted_palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
|
||||||
|
bool *set_indices = calloc(colors, sizeof(bool));
|
||||||
|
int i, shade_index;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[0].red = 0xFF;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[0].green = 0xFF;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[0].blue = 0xFF;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[colors - 1].red = 0;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[colors - 1].green = 0;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[colors - 1].blue = 0;
|
||||||
|
if (colors == 4) {
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[1].red = 0xA9;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[1].green = 0xA9;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[1].blue = 0xA9;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[2].red = 0x55;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[2].green = 0x55;
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[2].blue = 0x55;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < *num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
shade_index = colors - 1 - palette[i].red / interval;
|
||||||
|
if (set_indices[shade_index]) {
|
||||||
|
free(fitted_palette);
|
||||||
|
free(set_indices);
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
fitted_palette[shade_index] = palette[i];
|
||||||
|
set_indices[shade_index] = true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < colors; i++)
|
||||||
|
palette[i] = fitted_palette[i];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*num_colors = colors;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
free(fitted_palette);
|
||||||
|
free(set_indices);
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* A combined struct is needed to sort csolors in order of luminance. */
|
||||||
|
struct ColorWithLuminance {
|
||||||
|
png_color color;
|
||||||
|
int luminance;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int compare_luminance(const void *a, const void *b)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const struct ColorWithLuminance *x, *y;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
x = (const struct ColorWithLuminance *)a;
|
||||||
|
y = (const struct ColorWithLuminance *)b;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return y->luminance - x->luminance;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void order_color_palette(png_color *palette, int num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
struct ColorWithLuminance *palette_with_luminance =
|
||||||
|
malloc(sizeof(struct ColorWithLuminance) * num_colors);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Normally this would be done with floats, but since it's only
|
||||||
|
* used for comparison, we might as well use integer math.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
palette_with_luminance[i].color = palette[i];
|
||||||
|
palette_with_luminance[i].luminance = 2126 * palette[i].red +
|
||||||
|
7152 * palette[i].green +
|
||||||
|
722 * palette[i].blue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
qsort(palette_with_luminance, num_colors,
|
||||||
|
sizeof(struct ColorWithLuminance), compare_luminance);
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++)
|
||||||
|
palette[i] = palette_with_luminance[i].color;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
free(palette_with_luminance);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void put_raw_image_pixel(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
|
||||||
|
const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
int *value_index, int x, int y,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
int colors_in_palette);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static struct RawIndexedImage
|
||||||
|
*processed_rgba_png_to_raw(const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
int colors_in_palette)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
|
||||||
|
int x, y, value_index;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
raw_image = create_raw_image(img->width, img->height, colors);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette, colors_in_palette);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
|
||||||
|
x = raw_image->width - 1;
|
||||||
|
value_index = img->width * 4 - 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (x >= 0) {
|
||||||
|
put_raw_image_pixel(raw_image, img,
|
||||||
|
&value_index, x, y,
|
||||||
|
palette, colors_in_palette);
|
||||||
|
x--;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return raw_image;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static uint8_t palette_index_of(const png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
int num_colors, const png_color *color);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void put_raw_image_pixel(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
|
||||||
|
const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
int *value_index, int x, int y,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
int colors_in_palette)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
png_color pixel_color;
|
||||||
|
png_byte alpha;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
alpha = img->data[y][*value_index];
|
||||||
|
if (alpha == 0) {
|
||||||
|
raw_image->data[y][x] = 0;
|
||||||
|
*value_index -= 4;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
(*value_index)--;
|
||||||
|
pixel_color.blue = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
|
||||||
|
pixel_color.green = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
|
||||||
|
pixel_color.red = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
|
||||||
|
raw_image->data[y][x] = palette_index_of(palette,
|
||||||
|
colors_in_palette,
|
||||||
|
&pixel_color);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static uint8_t palette_index_of(const png_color *palette,
|
||||||
|
int num_colors, const png_color *color)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
if (palette[i].red == color->red &&
|
||||||
|
palette[i].green == color->green &&
|
||||||
|
palette[i].blue == color->blue) {
|
||||||
|
return i;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "The input PNG file contains colors that don't appear in its embedded palette.");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void read_png(struct PNGImage *img)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int y;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_read_update_info(img->png, img->info);
|
png_read_update_info(img->png, img->info);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -174,35 +588,78 @@ void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
png_read_image(img->png, img->data);
|
png_read_image(img->png, img->data);
|
||||||
png_read_end(img->png, img->info);
|
png_read_end(img->png, img->info);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fclose(f);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void get_text(struct PNGImage *png)
|
static struct RawIndexedImage *create_raw_image(int width, int height,
|
||||||
|
int num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
|
||||||
|
int y;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
raw_image = malloc(sizeof(struct RawIndexedImage));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
raw_image->width = width;
|
||||||
|
raw_image->height = height;
|
||||||
|
raw_image->num_colors = num_colors;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette = malloc(sizeof(struct RGBColor) * num_colors);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
raw_image->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t *) * height);
|
||||||
|
for (y = 0; y < height; y++)
|
||||||
|
raw_image->data[y] = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * width);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return raw_image;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void set_raw_image_palette(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
|
||||||
|
const png_color *palette, int num_colors)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (num_colors > raw_image->num_colors) {
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Too many colors in input PNG file's palette to fit into a %d-bit palette (%d in input palette, max %d).",
|
||||||
|
raw_image->num_colors >> 1,
|
||||||
|
num_colors, raw_image->num_colors);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette[i].red = palette[i].red;
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette[i].green = palette[i].green;
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette[i].blue = palette[i].blue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
for (i = num_colors; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette[i].red = 0;
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette[i].green = 0;
|
||||||
|
raw_image->palette[i].blue = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void get_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
struct ImageOptions *png_options)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
png_text *text;
|
png_text *text;
|
||||||
int i, numtxts, numremoved;
|
int i, numtxts, numremoved;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_get_text(png->png, png->info, &text, &numtxts);
|
png_get_text(img->png, img->info, &text, &numtxts);
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
|
for (i = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
|
||||||
if (strcmp(text[i].key, "h") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
|
if (strcmp(text[i].key, "h") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
|
||||||
png->horizontal = true;
|
png_options->horizontal = true;
|
||||||
png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "x") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "x") == 0) {
|
||||||
png->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
|
png_options->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
|
||||||
png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "t") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "t") == 0) {
|
||||||
png->mapfile = text[i].text;
|
png_options->mapfile = text[i].text;
|
||||||
png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "T") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
|
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "T") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
|
||||||
png->mapout = true;
|
png_options->mapout = true;
|
||||||
png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "p") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "p") == 0) {
|
||||||
png->palfile = text[i].text;
|
png_options->palfile = text[i].text;
|
||||||
png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "P") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
|
} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "P") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
|
||||||
png->palout = true;
|
png_options->palout = true;
|
||||||
png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -218,106 +675,64 @@ void get_text(struct PNGImage *png)
|
|||||||
text[i].text = text[i + numremoved].text;
|
text[i].text = text[i + numremoved].text;
|
||||||
text[i].compression = text[i + numremoved].compression;
|
text[i].compression = text[i + numremoved].compression;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void set_text(const struct PNGImage *png)
|
static void set_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
|
||||||
|
const struct ImageOptions *png_options)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
png_text *text;
|
png_text *text;
|
||||||
char buffer[3];
|
char buffer[3];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
text = malloc(sizeof(png_text));
|
text = malloc(sizeof(png_text));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (png->horizontal) {
|
if (png_options->horizontal) {
|
||||||
text[0].key = "h";
|
text[0].key = "h";
|
||||||
text[0].text = "";
|
text[0].text = "";
|
||||||
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (png->trim) {
|
if (png_options->trim) {
|
||||||
text[0].key = "x";
|
text[0].key = "x";
|
||||||
snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png->trim);
|
snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png_options->trim);
|
||||||
text[0].text = buffer;
|
text[0].text = buffer;
|
||||||
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (*png->mapfile) {
|
if (*png_options->mapfile) {
|
||||||
text[0].key = "t";
|
text[0].key = "t";
|
||||||
text[0].text = "";
|
text[0].text = "";
|
||||||
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (png->mapout) {
|
if (png_options->mapout) {
|
||||||
text[0].key = "T";
|
text[0].key = "T";
|
||||||
text[0].text = "";
|
text[0].text = "";
|
||||||
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (*png->palfile) {
|
if (*png_options->palfile) {
|
||||||
text[0].key = "p";
|
text[0].key = "p";
|
||||||
text[0].text = "";
|
text[0].text = "";
|
||||||
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
if (png->palout) {
|
if (png_options->palout) {
|
||||||
text[0].key = "P";
|
text[0].key = "P";
|
||||||
text[0].text = "";
|
text[0].text = "";
|
||||||
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
|
||||||
png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
|
png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
free(text);
|
free(text);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void output_png_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage *png)
|
static void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *img)
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
FILE *f;
|
|
||||||
char *outfile;
|
|
||||||
png_struct *img;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* TODO: Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually,
|
|
||||||
* opts.infile will be used directly.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
if (opts.debug) {
|
|
||||||
outfile = malloc(strlen(opts.infile) + 5);
|
|
||||||
strcpy(outfile, opts.infile);
|
|
||||||
strcat(outfile, ".out");
|
|
||||||
} else {
|
|
||||||
outfile = opts.infile;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
|
|
||||||
if (!f)
|
|
||||||
err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
img = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
||||||
if (!img)
|
|
||||||
errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* TODO: Better error handling here? */
|
|
||||||
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img)))
|
|
||||||
exit(1);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_init_io(img, f);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_write_info(img, png->info);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
png_write_image(img, png->data);
|
|
||||||
png_write_end(img, NULL);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fclose(f);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (opts.debug)
|
|
||||||
free(outfile);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png)
|
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int y;
|
int y;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
for (y = 0; y < png->height; y++)
|
for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++)
|
||||||
free(png->data[y]);
|
free(img->data[y]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
free(png->data);
|
free(img->data);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -24,7 +24,28 @@
|
|||||||
The
|
The
|
||||||
.Nm
|
.Nm
|
||||||
program converts PNG images into the Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
|
program converts PNG images into the Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
|
||||||
The arguments are as follows:
|
|
||||||
|
The resulting colors and their palette indices are determined differently
|
||||||
|
depending on the input PNG file:
|
||||||
|
.Bl -dash -width Ds
|
||||||
|
.It
|
||||||
|
If the file has an embedded palette, that palette's color and order are used.
|
||||||
|
.It
|
||||||
|
If not, and the image only contains shades of gray, rgbgfx maps them to the
|
||||||
|
indices appropriate for each shade. Any undetermined indices are set to
|
||||||
|
respective default shades of gray. For example: if the bit depth is 2 and the
|
||||||
|
image contains light gray and black, they become the second and fourth colors -
|
||||||
|
and the first and third colors get set to default white and dark gray. If the
|
||||||
|
image has multiple shades that map to the same index, the palette is instead
|
||||||
|
determined as if the image had color.
|
||||||
|
.It
|
||||||
|
If the image has color (or the grayscale method failed), the colors are sorted
|
||||||
|
from lightest to darkest.
|
||||||
|
.El
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The input image may not contain more colors than the selected bit depth
|
||||||
|
allows. Transparent pixels are set to palette index 0.
|
||||||
|
.Sh ARGUMENTS
|
||||||
.Bl -tag -width Ds
|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
|
||||||
.It Fl D
|
.It Fl D
|
||||||
Debug features are enabled.
|
Debug features are enabled.
|
||||||
@@ -33,24 +54,25 @@ Fix the input PNG file to be a correctly indexed image.
|
|||||||
.It Fl F
|
.It Fl F
|
||||||
Same as
|
Same as
|
||||||
.Fl f ,
|
.Fl f ,
|
||||||
but additionally, the input PNG file is fixed to have its parameters match the
|
but additionally, the supplied command line parameters are saved within the PNG
|
||||||
command line's parameters.
|
and will be loaded and automatically used next time.
|
||||||
.It Fl d Ar depth
|
.It Fl d Ar depth
|
||||||
The bitdepth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
|
The bit depth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
|
||||||
By default, the bitdepth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
|
By default, the bit depth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
|
||||||
.It Fl h
|
.It Fl h
|
||||||
Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.
|
Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.
|
||||||
.It Fl o Ar outfile
|
.It Fl o Ar outfile
|
||||||
The name of the output file.
|
The name of the output file.
|
||||||
.It Fl p Ar palfile
|
.It Fl p Ar palfile
|
||||||
Raw bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
|
Output the image's palette in standard GBC palette format - bytes (8 bytes for
|
||||||
containing the RGB15 values in the little-endian byte order and then ordered
|
two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel) containing the RGB15 values
|
||||||
from lightest to darkest.
|
in little-endian byte order. If the palette contains too few colors, the
|
||||||
|
remaining entries are set to black.
|
||||||
.It Fl P
|
.It Fl P
|
||||||
Same as
|
Same as
|
||||||
.Fl p ,
|
.Fl p ,
|
||||||
but the pallete file output name is made by taking the input filename,
|
but the palette file output name is made by taking the input PNG file's
|
||||||
removing the file extension, and appending
|
filename, removing the file extension, and appending
|
||||||
.Pa .pal .
|
.Pa .pal .
|
||||||
.It Fl t Ar mapfile
|
.It Fl t Ar mapfile
|
||||||
If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in the output file, and
|
If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in the output file, and
|
||||||
@@ -73,7 +95,7 @@ the PNG file don't match.
|
|||||||
Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.
|
Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.
|
||||||
.El
|
.El
|
||||||
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
||||||
The following will take a PNG file with a bitdepth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
|
The following will take a PNG file with a bit depth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
|
||||||
planar 2bpp data:
|
planar 2bpp data:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.D1 $ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png
|
.D1 $ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -74,6 +74,10 @@ static void do_max_bank(enum eSectionType Type, int32_t nBank)
|
|||||||
if (nBank > MaxVBankUsed)
|
if (nBank > MaxVBankUsed)
|
||||||
MaxVBankUsed = nBank;
|
MaxVBankUsed = nBank;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case SECT_ROM0:
|
||||||
|
case SECT_WRAM0:
|
||||||
|
case SECT_OAM:
|
||||||
|
case SECT_HRAM:
|
||||||
default:
|
default:
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -494,7 +498,6 @@ void SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
void AssignSections(void)
|
void AssignSections(void)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int32_t i;
|
|
||||||
struct sSection *pSection;
|
struct sSection *pSection;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MaxBankUsed = 0;
|
MaxBankUsed = 0;
|
||||||
@@ -503,7 +506,7 @@ void AssignSections(void)
|
|||||||
* Initialize the memory areas
|
* Initialize the memory areas
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
for (i = 0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i += 1) {
|
for (int32_t i = 0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i += 1) {
|
||||||
BankFree[i] = malloc(sizeof(*BankFree[i]));
|
BankFree[i] = malloc(sizeof(*BankFree[i]));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!BankFree[i]) {
|
if (!BankFree[i]) {
|
||||||
@@ -617,6 +620,9 @@ void AssignSections(void)
|
|||||||
pSection->nOrg, pSection->nBank);
|
pSection->nOrg, pSection->nBank);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "%s: Internal error: Type %d", __func__,
|
||||||
|
pSection->Type);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -660,6 +666,10 @@ void AssignSections(void)
|
|||||||
do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
|
do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case SECT_ROM0:
|
||||||
|
case SECT_WRAM0:
|
||||||
|
case SECT_OAM:
|
||||||
|
case SECT_HRAM:
|
||||||
default: /* Handle other sections later */
|
default: /* Handle other sections later */
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "types.h"
|
#include "types.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extern int yyparse();
|
extern int yyparse(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* File include stack. */
|
/* File include stack. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ void script_PrintFileStack(void)
|
|||||||
fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d)", linkerscript_path, include_line[i]);
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d)", linkerscript_path, include_line[i]);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
|
noreturn_ void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
va_list args;
|
va_list args;
|
||||||
va_start(args, fmt);
|
va_start(args, fmt);
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "error: ");
|
fprintf(stderr, "error: ");
|
||||||
script_PrintFileStack();
|
script_PrintFileStack();
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
|
fprintf(stderr, ":\n ");
|
||||||
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
|
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
|
||||||
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
||||||
va_end(args);
|
va_end(args);
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ void MapfileWriteSection(const struct sSection *pSect)
|
|||||||
for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
|
for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
|
||||||
const struct sSymbol *pSym = pSect->tSymbols[i];
|
const struct sSymbol *pSym = pSect->tSymbols[i];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Don't print '@' */
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp(pSym->pzName, "@") == 0)
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if ((pSym->pSection == pSect) && (pSym->Type != SYM_IMPORT)) {
|
if ((pSym->pSection == pSect) && (pSym->Type != SYM_IMPORT)) {
|
||||||
if (mf) {
|
if (mf) {
|
||||||
fprintf(mf, " $%04X = %s\n",
|
fprintf(mf, " $%04X = %s\n",
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ uint8_t oReadLib;
|
|||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
static int32_t readlong(FILE *f)
|
static int32_t readlong(FILE *f)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
int32_t r;
|
uint32_t r;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
r = fgetc(f);
|
r = ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f));
|
||||||
r |= fgetc(f) << 8;
|
r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 8;
|
||||||
r |= fgetc(f) << 16;
|
r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 16;
|
||||||
r |= fgetc(f) << 24;
|
r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 24;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return r;
|
return (int32_t)r;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -110,46 +110,53 @@ void Output(void)
|
|||||||
FILE *f_overlay = NULL;
|
FILE *f_overlay = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Apply overlay
|
* Load overlay
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (tzOverlayname) {
|
||||||
|
f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!f_overlay) {
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n",
|
||||||
|
tzOverlayname);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0)
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes.");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (MaxOverlayBank < 1)
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "Overlay file must be at least 0x8000 bytes.");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed)
|
||||||
|
MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Write ROM.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
f = fopen(tzOutname, "wb");
|
f = fopen(tzOutname, "wb");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (f != NULL) {
|
if (f != NULL) {
|
||||||
if (tzOverlayname) {
|
|
||||||
f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!f_overlay) {
|
|
||||||
errx(1, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n",
|
|
||||||
tzOverlayname);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0)
|
|
||||||
errx(1, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes.");
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (MaxOverlayBank < 1)
|
|
||||||
errx(1, "Overlay file must be at least 0x8000 bytes.");
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed)
|
|
||||||
MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
writehome(f, f_overlay);
|
writehome(f, f_overlay);
|
||||||
for (i = 1; i <= MaxBankUsed; i += 1)
|
for (i = 1; i <= MaxBankUsed; i += 1)
|
||||||
writebank(f, f_overlay, i);
|
writebank(f, f_overlay, i);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
fclose(f);
|
fclose(f);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (tzOverlayname)
|
|
||||||
fclose(f_overlay);
|
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Add regular sections
|
* Close overlay
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (tzOverlayname)
|
||||||
|
fclose(f_overlay);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Add regular sections to map and sym files.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
for (i = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i++) {
|
for (i = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i++) {
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "link/script.h"
|
#include "link/script.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int yylex();
|
int yylex(void);
|
||||||
void yyerror(char *);
|
void yyerror(char *);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extern int yylineno;
|
extern int yylineno;
|
||||||
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ statement:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
%%
|
%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extern int yylex();
|
extern int yylex(void);
|
||||||
extern int yyparse();
|
extern int yyparse(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int yywrap(void)
|
int yywrap(void)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ void Patch(void)
|
|||||||
pPatch = pSect->pPatches;
|
pPatch = pSect->pPatches;
|
||||||
while (pPatch) {
|
while (pPatch) {
|
||||||
int32_t t;
|
int32_t t;
|
||||||
|
int32_t nPatchOrg;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
nPC = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
|
nPC = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
|
||||||
t = calcrpn(pPatch);
|
t = calcrpn(pPatch);
|
||||||
@@ -306,6 +307,26 @@ void Patch(void)
|
|||||||
pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 3] =
|
pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 3] =
|
||||||
(t >> 24) & 0xFF;
|
(t >> 24) & 0xFF;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case PATCH_BYTE_JR:
|
||||||
|
/* Calculate absolute address of the patch */
|
||||||
|
nPatchOrg = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* t contains the destination of the jump */
|
||||||
|
t = (int16_t)((t & 0xFFFF) - (nPatchOrg + 1));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (t >= -128 && t <= 127) {
|
||||||
|
t &= 0xFF;
|
||||||
|
pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
|
||||||
|
(uint8_t)t;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
errx(1,
|
||||||
|
"%s(%ld) : Value must be 8-bit",
|
||||||
|
pPatch->pzFilename,
|
||||||
|
pPatch->nLineNo);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
errx(1, "%s: Internal error.", __func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
pPatch = pPatch->pNext;
|
pPatch = pPatch->pNext;
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Write a symbol file to the given filename.
|
|||||||
.It Fl O Ar overlayfile
|
.It Fl O Ar overlayfile
|
||||||
The ROM image to overlay sections over.
|
The ROM image to overlay sections over.
|
||||||
When an overlay ROM is provided, all sections must be fixed.
|
When an overlay ROM is provided, all sections must be fixed.
|
||||||
This may be used to patch an existing binray.
|
This may be used to patch an existing binary.
|
||||||
.It Fl o Ar outfile
|
.It Fl o Ar outfile
|
||||||
Write ROM image to the given filename.
|
Write ROM image to the given filename.
|
||||||
.It Fl p Ar pad_value
|
.It Fl p Ar pad_value
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -85,59 +85,59 @@ void script_InitSections(void)
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank)
|
void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank_num)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if (strcmp(type, "ROM0") == 0) {
|
if (strcmp(type, "ROM0") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank != 0)
|
if (bank_num != 0)
|
||||||
errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to ROM0.\n");
|
errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to ROM0.\n");
|
||||||
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROM0;
|
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROM0;
|
||||||
current_real_bank = 0;
|
current_real_bank = 0;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "ROMX") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "ROMX") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank == 0)
|
if (bank_num == 0)
|
||||||
errx(1, "ROMX index can't be 0.\n");
|
errx(1, "ROMX index can't be 0.\n");
|
||||||
if (bank > BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
|
if (bank_num > BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank,
|
errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank_num,
|
||||||
BANK_COUNT_ROMX);
|
BANK_COUNT_ROMX);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROMX + bank - 1;
|
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROMX + bank_num - 1;
|
||||||
current_real_bank = bank;
|
current_real_bank = bank_num;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "VRAM") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "VRAM") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
|
if (bank_num >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank,
|
errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank_num,
|
||||||
BANK_COUNT_VRAM);
|
BANK_COUNT_VRAM);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_VRAM + bank;
|
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_VRAM + bank_num;
|
||||||
current_real_bank = bank;
|
current_real_bank = bank_num;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAM0") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAM0") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank != 0)
|
if (bank_num != 0)
|
||||||
errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to WRAM0.\n");
|
errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to WRAM0.\n");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0;
|
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0;
|
||||||
current_real_bank = 0;
|
current_real_bank = 0;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAMX") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAMX") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank == 0)
|
if (bank_num == 0)
|
||||||
errx(1, "WRAMX index can't be 0.\n");
|
errx(1, "WRAMX index can't be 0.\n");
|
||||||
if (bank > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
|
if (bank_num > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank,
|
errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank_num,
|
||||||
BANK_COUNT_WRAMX);
|
BANK_COUNT_WRAMX);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + bank - 1;
|
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + bank_num - 1;
|
||||||
current_real_bank = bank;
|
current_real_bank = bank_num;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "SRAM") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "SRAM") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
|
if (bank_num >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank,
|
errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank_num,
|
||||||
BANK_COUNT_SRAM);
|
BANK_COUNT_SRAM);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_SRAM + bank;
|
current_bank = BANK_INDEX_SRAM + bank_num;
|
||||||
current_real_bank = bank;
|
current_real_bank = bank_num;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "OAM") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "OAM") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank != 0) {
|
if (bank_num != 0) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to OAM.\n",
|
errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to OAM.\n",
|
||||||
__func__);
|
__func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank)
|
|||||||
current_real_bank = 0;
|
current_real_bank = 0;
|
||||||
return;
|
return;
|
||||||
} else if (strcmp(type, "HRAM") == 0) {
|
} else if (strcmp(type, "HRAM") == 0) {
|
||||||
if (bank != 0) {
|
if (bank_num != 0) {
|
||||||
errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to HRAM.\n",
|
errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to HRAM.\n",
|
||||||
__func__);
|
__func__);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -57,7 +57,9 @@ REPT NumberOfSymbols ; Number of symbols defined in this object file.
|
|||||||
LONG LineNum ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined.
|
LONG LineNum ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LONG SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
|
LONG SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
|
||||||
; this symbol is defined.
|
; this symbol is defined. If it doesn't belong to any
|
||||||
|
; specific section (like a constant), this field has
|
||||||
|
; the value -1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LONG Value ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
|
LONG Value ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
|
||||||
; symbol's section.
|
; symbol's section.
|
||||||
@@ -113,6 +115,7 @@ REPT NumberOfSections
|
|||||||
BYTE Type ; 0 = BYTE patch.
|
BYTE Type ; 0 = BYTE patch.
|
||||||
; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
|
; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
|
||||||
; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
|
; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
|
||||||
|
; 3 = JR offset value BYTE patch.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LONG RPNSize ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
|
LONG RPNSize ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
|
||||||
; expression.
|
; expression.
|
||||||
|
|||||||
11
src/rgbds.7
11
src/rgbds.7
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
|||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
|
||||||
.\"
|
.\"
|
||||||
.Dd January 26, 2018
|
.Dd March 7, 2018
|
||||||
.Dt RGBDS 7
|
.Dt RGBDS 7
|
||||||
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
.Os RGBDS Manual
|
||||||
.Sh NAME
|
.Sh NAME
|
||||||
@@ -14,9 +14,11 @@
|
|||||||
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
.Sh EXAMPLES
|
||||||
To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
|
To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
|
||||||
.Pp
|
.Pp
|
||||||
.D1 $ rgbasm \-o bar.o foo.asm
|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
|
||||||
.D1 $ rgblink \-o baz.gb bar.o
|
$ rgbasm \-o bar.o foo.asm
|
||||||
.D1 $ rgbfix \-v \-p 0 baz.gb
|
$ rgblink \-o baz.gb bar.o
|
||||||
|
$ rgbfix \-v \-p 0 baz.gb
|
||||||
|
.Ed
|
||||||
.Sh SEE ALSO
|
.Sh SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.Xr rgbasm 1 ,
|
.Xr rgbasm 1 ,
|
||||||
.Xr rgbfix 1 ,
|
.Xr rgbfix 1 ,
|
||||||
@@ -41,5 +43,6 @@ implementation of rgbds.
|
|||||||
2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
|
2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
|
||||||
It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
|
It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
|
||||||
.Lk https://github.com/rednex/rgbds .
|
.Lk https://github.com/rednex/rgbds .
|
||||||
|
.It
|
||||||
2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.
|
2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.
|
||||||
.El
|
.El
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: divzero-instr.asm(2):
|
ERROR: divzero-instr.asm(2):
|
||||||
division by zero
|
Division by zero
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: divzero-section-bank.asm(1):
|
ERROR: divzero-section-bank.asm(1):
|
||||||
division by zero
|
Division by zero
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: local-wrong-parent.asm(5):
|
ERROR: local-wrong-parent.asm(5):
|
||||||
Not currently in the scope of 'WrongParent'
|
Not currently in the scope of 'WrongParent'
|
||||||
error: Assembly aborted in pass 1 (1 errors)!
|
error: Assembly aborted in pass 1 (1 errors)!
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: macro-@.asm(1) -> @(-1):
|
ERROR: macro-@.asm(1) -> @(-1):
|
||||||
Macro '@' not defined
|
Macro '@' not defined
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: null-in-macro.asm(1):
|
ERROR: null-in-macro.asm(1):
|
||||||
Unterminated MACRO definition.
|
Unterminated MACRO definition.
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: remote-local-noexist.asm(7):
|
ERROR: remote-local-noexist.asm(7):
|
||||||
'Parent.child.fail' is a nonsensical reference to a nested local symbol
|
'Parent.child.fail' is a nonsensical reference to a nested local symbol
|
||||||
|
|||||||
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
|
|||||||
ERROR: undefined-dot.asm(3):
|
ERROR: undefined-dot.asm(3):
|
||||||
'.' not defined
|
'.' not defined
|
||||||
error: Assembly aborted in pass 2 (1 errors)!
|
error: Assembly aborted in pass 2 (1 errors)!
|
||||||
|
|||||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user